1 /* ELF linking support for BFD.
2 Copyright (C) 1995-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "libiberty.h"
30 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
31 #include "plugin-api.h"
35 /* This struct is used to pass information to routines called via
36 elf_link_hash_traverse which must return failure. */
38 struct elf_info_failed
40 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
44 /* This structure is used to pass information to
45 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies. */
47 struct elf_find_verdep_info
49 /* General link information. */
50 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
51 /* The number of dependencies. */
53 /* Whether we had a failure. */
57 static bfd_boolean _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags
58 (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*, struct elf_info_failed
*);
61 _bfd_elf_section_for_symbol (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
62 unsigned long r_symndx
,
65 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
66 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
68 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
70 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
72 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
73 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
74 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
76 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
77 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
78 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
79 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
85 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
86 but it could be a relocation against a local
87 symbol for a discarded section. */
89 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
91 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
92 isym
= &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
93 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (cookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
95 && discard
? discarded_section (isec
) : 1)
101 /* Define a symbol in a dynamic linkage section. */
103 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
104 _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
105 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
109 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
110 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
111 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
113 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
116 /* Zap symbol defined in an as-needed lib that wasn't linked.
117 This is a symptom of a larger problem: Absolute symbols
118 defined in shared libraries can't be overridden, because we
119 lose the link to the bfd which is via the symbol section. */
120 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
126 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
127 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
,
128 sec
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
131 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
132 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
135 h
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
136 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
137 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
138 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
140 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
145 _bfd_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
149 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
150 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
151 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
153 /* This function may be called more than once. */
154 if (htab
->sgot
!= NULL
)
157 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
159 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
160 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
161 ? ".rela.got" : ".rel.got"),
162 (bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
165 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
169 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
171 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
175 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
177 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt", flags
);
179 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
184 /* The first bit of the global offset table is the header. */
185 s
->size
+= bed
->got_header_size
;
187 if (bed
->want_got_sym
)
189 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got
190 (or .got.plt) section. We don't do this in the linker script
191 because we don't want to define the symbol if we are not creating
192 a global offset table. */
193 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
194 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_");
195 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
203 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
205 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
207 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
209 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
210 if (hash_table
->dynobj
== NULL
)
212 /* We may not set dynobj, an input file holding linker created
213 dynamic sections to abfd, which may be a dynamic object with
214 its own dynamic sections. We need to find a normal input file
215 to hold linker created sections if possible. */
216 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) != 0)
220 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
222 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0
223 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
224 && elf_object_id (ibfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (hash_table
)
225 && !((s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
226 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
))
232 hash_table
->dynobj
= abfd
;
235 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
237 hash_table
->dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
238 if (hash_table
->dynstr
== NULL
)
244 /* Create some sections which will be filled in with dynamic linking
245 information. ABFD is an input file which requires dynamic sections
246 to be created. The dynamic sections take up virtual memory space
247 when the final executable is run, so we need to create them before
248 addresses are assigned to the output sections. We work out the
249 actual contents and size of these sections later. */
252 _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
256 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
257 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
259 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
262 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
265 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
268 abfd
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
269 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
271 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
273 /* A dynamically linked executable has a .interp section, but a
274 shared library does not. */
275 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
277 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".interp",
278 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
283 /* Create sections to hold version informations. These are removed
284 if they are not needed. */
285 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_d",
286 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
288 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
291 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version",
292 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
294 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 1))
297 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.version_r",
298 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
300 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
303 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsym",
304 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
306 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
308 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
= s
;
310 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynstr",
311 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
315 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynamic", flags
);
317 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
320 /* The special symbol _DYNAMIC is always set to the start of the
321 .dynamic section. We could set _DYNAMIC in a linker script, but we
322 only want to define it if we are, in fact, creating a .dynamic
323 section. We don't want to define it if there is no .dynamic
324 section, since on some ELF platforms the start up code examines it
325 to decide how to initialize the process. */
326 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, "_DYNAMIC");
327 elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
= h
;
333 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".hash",
334 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
336 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
338 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
341 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
&& bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
)
343 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".gnu.hash",
344 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
346 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
348 /* For 64-bit ELF, .gnu.hash is a non-uniform entity size section:
349 4 32-bit words followed by variable count of 64-bit words, then
350 variable count of 32-bit words. */
351 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
352 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 0;
354 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
357 /* Let the backend create the rest of the sections. This lets the
358 backend set the right flags. The backend will normally create
359 the .got and .plt sections. */
360 if (bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
== NULL
361 || ! (*bed
->elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
364 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
= TRUE
;
369 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
372 _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
374 flagword flags
, pltflags
;
375 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
377 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
378 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
380 /* We need to create .plt, .rel[a].plt, .got, .got.plt, .dynbss, and
381 .rel[a].bss sections. */
382 flags
= bed
->dynamic_sec_flags
;
385 if (bed
->plt_not_loaded
)
386 /* We do not clear SEC_ALLOC here because we still want the OS to
387 allocate space for the section; it's just that there's nothing
388 to read in from the object file. */
389 pltflags
&= ~ (SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
391 pltflags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LOAD
;
392 if (bed
->plt_readonly
)
393 pltflags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
395 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".plt", pltflags
);
397 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->plt_alignment
))
401 /* Define the symbol _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the
403 if (bed
->want_plt_sym
)
405 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
,
406 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
407 elf_hash_table (info
)->hplt
= h
;
412 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
413 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
414 ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt"),
415 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
417 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
421 if (! _bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
424 if (bed
->want_dynbss
)
426 /* The .dynbss section is a place to put symbols which are defined
427 by dynamic objects, are referenced by regular objects, and are
428 not functions. We must allocate space for them in the process
429 image and use a R_*_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic linker to
430 initialize them at run time. The linker script puts the .dynbss
431 section into the .bss section of the final image. */
432 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynbss",
433 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
438 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
440 /* Similarly, but for symbols that were originally in read-only
441 sections. This section doesn't really need to have contents,
442 but make it like other .data.rel.ro sections. */
443 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".data.rel.ro",
450 /* The .rel[a].bss section holds copy relocs. This section is not
451 normally needed. We need to create it here, though, so that the
452 linker will map it to an output section. We can't just create it
453 only if we need it, because we will not know whether we need it
454 until we have seen all the input files, and the first time the
455 main linker code calls BFD after examining all the input files
456 (size_dynamic_sections) the input sections have already been
457 mapped to the output sections. If the section turns out not to
458 be needed, we can discard it later. We will never need this
459 section when generating a shared object, since they do not use
461 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
463 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
464 (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
465 ? ".rela.bss" : ".rel.bss"),
466 flags
| SEC_READONLY
);
468 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
472 if (bed
->want_dynrelro
)
474 s
= (bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags
475 (abfd
, (bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
476 ? ".rela.data.rel.ro" : ".rel.data.rel.ro"),
477 flags
| SEC_READONLY
));
479 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, bed
->s
->log_file_align
))
481 htab
->sreldynrelro
= s
;
489 /* Record a new dynamic symbol. We record the dynamic symbols as we
490 read the input files, since we need to have a list of all of them
491 before we can determine the final sizes of the output sections.
492 Note that we may actually call this function even though we are not
493 going to output any dynamic symbols; in some cases we know that a
494 symbol should be in the dynamic symbol table, but only if there is
498 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
499 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
501 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
503 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
508 /* XXX: The ABI draft says the linker must turn hidden and
509 internal symbols into STB_LOCAL symbols when producing the
510 DSO. However, if ld.so honors st_other in the dynamic table,
511 this would not be necessary. */
512 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
516 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
517 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
520 if (!elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
528 h
->dynindx
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
529 ++elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
531 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
534 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
535 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
540 /* We don't put any version information in the dynamic string
542 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
543 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
545 /* We know that the p points into writable memory. In fact,
546 there are only a few symbols that have read-only names, being
547 those like _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ that are created specially
548 by the backends. Most symbols will have names pointing into
549 an ELF string table read from a file, or to objalloc memory. */
552 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, p
!= NULL
);
557 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
559 h
->dynstr_index
= indx
;
565 /* Mark a symbol dynamic. */
568 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
569 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
570 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
572 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
574 /* It may be called more than once on the same H. */
575 if(h
->dynamic
|| bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
578 if ((info
->dynamic_data
579 && (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
580 || h
->type
== STT_COMMON
582 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_OBJECT
583 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_COMMON
))))
586 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
589 /* NB: If a symbol is made dynamic by --dynamic-list, it has
591 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= 1;
595 /* Record an assignment to a symbol made by a linker script. We need
596 this in case some dynamic object refers to this symbol. */
599 bfd_elf_record_link_assignment (bfd
*output_bfd
,
600 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, *hv
;
606 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
607 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
609 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
612 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
613 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, !provide
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
617 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
618 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
620 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
622 /* Set versioned if symbol version is unknown. */
623 char *version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
626 if (version
> name
&& version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
627 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
629 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
633 /* Symbols defined in a linker script but not referenced anywhere
634 else will have non_elf set. */
637 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, NULL
);
641 switch (h
->root
.type
)
643 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
644 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
645 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
647 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
648 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
649 /* Since we're defining the symbol, don't let it seem to have not
650 been defined. record_dynamic_symbol and size_dynamic_sections
651 may depend on this. */
652 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
653 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
!= NULL
|| htab
->root
.undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
654 bfd_link_repair_undef_list (&htab
->root
);
656 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
658 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
659 /* We had a versioned symbol in a dynamic library. We make the
660 the versioned symbol point to this one. */
661 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
663 while (hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
664 || hv
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
665 hv
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
666 /* We don't need to update h->root.u since linker will set them
668 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
669 hv
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
670 hv
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
671 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hv
);
678 /* If this symbol is being provided by the linker script, and it is
679 currently defined by a dynamic object, but not by a regular
680 object, then mark it as undefined so that the generic linker will
681 force the correct value. */
685 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
687 /* If this symbol is currently defined by a dynamic object, but not
688 by a regular object, then clear out any version information because
689 the symbol will not be associated with the dynamic object any
691 if (h
->def_dynamic
&& !h
->def_regular
)
692 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= NULL
;
694 /* Make sure this symbol is not garbage collected. */
701 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
702 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
703 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
704 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
707 /* STV_HIDDEN and STV_INTERNAL symbols must be STB_LOCAL in shared objects
709 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
711 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
712 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
))
717 || bfd_link_dll (info
)
718 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
722 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
725 /* If this is a weak defined symbol, and we know a corresponding
726 real symbol from the same dynamic object, make sure the real
727 symbol is also made into a dynamic symbol. */
730 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
732 if (def
->dynindx
== -1
733 && !bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, def
))
741 /* Record a new local dynamic symbol. Returns 0 on failure, 1 on
742 success, and 2 on a failure caused by attempting to record a symbol
743 in a discarded section, eg. a discarded link-once section symbol. */
746 bfd_elf_link_record_local_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
751 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
752 struct elf_link_hash_table
*eht
;
753 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
;
756 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
757 char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
759 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
762 /* See if the entry exists already. */
763 for (entry
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
764 if (entry
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& entry
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
767 amt
= sizeof (*entry
);
768 entry
= (struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*) bfd_alloc (input_bfd
, amt
);
772 /* Go find the symbol, so that we can find it's name. */
773 if (!bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
,
774 1, input_indx
, &entry
->isym
, esym
, &eshndx
))
776 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
780 if (entry
->isym
.st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
781 && entry
->isym
.st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
785 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, entry
->isym
.st_shndx
);
786 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (s
->output_section
))
788 /* We can still bfd_release here as nothing has done another
789 bfd_alloc. We can't do this later in this function. */
790 bfd_release (input_bfd
, entry
);
795 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
796 (input_bfd
, elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
,
797 entry
->isym
.st_name
));
799 dynstr
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
;
802 /* Create a strtab to hold the dynamic symbol names. */
803 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
= dynstr
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
808 dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (dynstr
, name
, FALSE
);
809 if (dynstr_index
== (size_t) -1)
811 entry
->isym
.st_name
= dynstr_index
;
813 eht
= elf_hash_table (info
);
815 entry
->next
= eht
->dynlocal
;
816 eht
->dynlocal
= entry
;
817 entry
->input_bfd
= input_bfd
;
818 entry
->input_indx
= input_indx
;
821 /* Whatever binding the symbol had before, it's now local. */
823 = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (entry
->isym
.st_info
));
825 /* The dynindx will be set at the end of size_dynamic_sections. */
830 /* Return the dynindex of a local dynamic symbol. */
833 _bfd_elf_link_lookup_local_dynindx (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
837 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
839 for (e
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
840 if (e
->input_bfd
== input_bfd
&& e
->input_indx
== input_indx
)
845 /* This function is used to renumber the dynamic symbols, if some of
846 them are removed because they are marked as local. This is called
847 via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
850 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
853 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
858 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
859 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
865 /* Like elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms, but just number symbols with
866 STB_LOCAL binding. */
869 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
872 size_t *count
= (size_t *) data
;
874 if (!h
->forced_local
)
877 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
878 h
->dynindx
= ++(*count
);
883 /* Return true if the dynamic symbol for a given section should be
884 omitted when creating a shared library. */
886 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
887 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
890 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
893 switch (elf_section_data (p
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
897 /* If sh_type is yet undecided, assume it could be
898 SHT_PROGBITS/SHT_NOBITS. */
900 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
901 if (htab
->text_index_section
!= NULL
)
902 return p
!= htab
->text_index_section
&& p
!= htab
->data_index_section
;
904 return (htab
->dynobj
!= NULL
905 && (ip
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->dynobj
, p
->name
)) != NULL
906 && ip
->output_section
== p
);
908 /* There shouldn't be section relative relocations
909 against any other section. */
916 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_all
917 (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
918 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
919 asection
*p ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
924 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
925 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come symbols
926 which have been forced to local binding. Then all of the back-end
927 allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest of the global
928 symbols. If SECTION_SYM_COUNT is NULL, section dynindx is not set.
929 (This prevents the early call before elf_backend_init_index_section
930 and strip_excluded_output_sections setting dynindx for sections
931 that are stripped.) */
934 _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
,
935 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
936 unsigned long *section_sym_count
)
938 unsigned long dynsymcount
= 0;
939 bfd_boolean do_sec
= section_sym_count
!= NULL
;
941 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
942 || elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
944 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
946 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
947 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
948 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
949 && elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_relocs
950 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
954 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= dynsymcount
;
957 elf_section_data (p
)->dynindx
= 0;
960 *section_sym_count
= dynsymcount
;
962 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
963 elf_link_renumber_local_hash_table_dynsyms
,
966 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
)
968 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*p
;
969 for (p
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynlocal
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
970 p
->dynindx
= ++dynsymcount
;
972 elf_hash_table (info
)->local_dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
974 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
975 elf_link_renumber_hash_table_dynsyms
,
978 /* There is an unused NULL entry at the head of the table which we
979 must account for in our count even if the table is empty since it
980 is intended for the mandatory DT_SYMTAB tag (.dynsym section) in
984 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
= dynsymcount
;
988 /* Merge st_other field. */
991 elf_merge_st_other (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
992 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, asection
*sec
,
993 bfd_boolean definition
, bfd_boolean dynamic
)
995 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
997 /* If st_other has a processor-specific meaning, specific
998 code might be needed here. */
999 if (bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
)
1000 (*bed
->elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute
) (h
, isym
, definition
,
1005 unsigned symvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
);
1006 unsigned hvis
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
1008 /* Keep the most constraining visibility. Leave the remainder
1009 of the st_other field to elf_backend_merge_symbol_attribute. */
1010 if (symvis
- 1 < hvis
- 1)
1011 h
->other
= symvis
| (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1));
1014 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1015 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1016 h
->protected_def
= 1;
1019 /* This function is called when we want to merge a new symbol with an
1020 existing symbol. It handles the various cases which arise when we
1021 find a definition in a dynamic object, or when there is already a
1022 definition in a dynamic object. The new symbol is described by
1023 NAME, SYM, PSEC, and PVALUE. We set SYM_HASH to the hash table
1024 entry. We set POLDBFD to the old symbol's BFD. We set POLD_WEAK
1025 if the old symbol was weak. We set POLD_ALIGNMENT to the alignment
1026 of an old common symbol. We set OVERRIDE if the old symbol is
1027 overriding a new definition. We set TYPE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for
1028 the type to change. We set SIZE_CHANGE_OK if it is OK for the size
1029 to change. By OK to change, we mean that we shouldn't warn if the
1030 type or size does change. */
1033 _bfd_elf_merge_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1034 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1036 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1039 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
,
1041 bfd_boolean
*pold_weak
,
1042 unsigned int *pold_alignment
,
1044 bfd_boolean
*override
,
1045 bfd_boolean
*type_change_ok
,
1046 bfd_boolean
*size_change_ok
,
1047 bfd_boolean
*matched
)
1049 asection
*sec
, *oldsec
;
1050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
1051 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1052 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*flip
;
1055 bfd_boolean newdyn
, olddyn
, olddef
, newdef
, newdyncommon
, olddyncommon
;
1056 bfd_boolean newweak
, oldweak
, newfunc
, oldfunc
;
1057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1059 bfd_boolean default_sym
= *matched
;
1065 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
);
1067 if (! bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1068 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
1070 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1071 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (abfd
, info
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
));
1076 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1078 /* NEW_VERSION is the symbol version of the new symbol. */
1079 if (h
->versioned
!= unversioned
)
1081 /* Symbol version is unknown or versioned. */
1082 new_version
= strrchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1085 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1087 if (new_version
> name
&& new_version
[-1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1088 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1090 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1093 if (new_version
[0] == '\0')
1097 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1102 /* For merging, we only care about real symbols. But we need to make
1103 sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are updated. */
1105 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1106 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1107 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1111 if (hi
== h
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1115 /* OLD_HIDDEN is true if the existing symbol is only visible
1116 to the symbol with the same symbol version. NEW_HIDDEN is
1117 true if the new symbol is only visible to the symbol with
1118 the same symbol version. */
1119 bfd_boolean old_hidden
= h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1120 bfd_boolean new_hidden
= hi
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
;
1121 if (!old_hidden
&& !new_hidden
)
1122 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if both
1127 /* OLD_VERSION is the symbol version of the existing
1131 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
1132 old_version
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
,
1137 /* The new symbol matches the existing symbol if they
1138 have the same symbol version. */
1139 *matched
= (old_version
== new_version
1140 || (old_version
!= NULL
1141 && new_version
!= NULL
1142 && strcmp (old_version
, new_version
) == 0));
1147 /* OLDBFD and OLDSEC are a BFD and an ASECTION associated with the
1152 switch (h
->root
.type
)
1157 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
1158 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
1159 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1162 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
1163 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
1164 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1165 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
1168 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
1169 oldbfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
1170 oldsec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
1172 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
1175 if (poldbfd
&& *poldbfd
== NULL
)
1178 /* Differentiate strong and weak symbols. */
1179 newweak
= bind
== STB_WEAK
;
1180 oldweak
= (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
1181 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
1183 *pold_weak
= oldweak
;
1185 /* We have to check it for every instance since the first few may be
1186 references and not all compilers emit symbol type for undefined
1188 bfd_elf_link_mark_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
, sym
);
1190 /* NEWDYN and OLDDYN indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1191 respectively, is from a dynamic object. */
1193 newdyn
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1195 /* ref_dynamic_nonweak and dynamic_def flags track actual undefined
1196 syms and defined syms in dynamic libraries respectively.
1197 ref_dynamic on the other hand can be set for a symbol defined in
1198 a dynamic library, and def_dynamic may not be set; When the
1199 definition in a dynamic lib is overridden by a definition in the
1200 executable use of the symbol in the dynamic lib becomes a
1201 reference to the executable symbol. */
1204 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1206 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
1208 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1209 hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
= 1;
1214 /* Update the existing symbol only if they match. */
1217 hi
->dynamic_def
= 1;
1221 /* If we just created the symbol, mark it as being an ELF symbol.
1222 Other than that, there is nothing to do--there is no merge issue
1223 with a newly defined symbol--so we just return. */
1225 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
1231 /* In cases involving weak versioned symbols, we may wind up trying
1232 to merge a symbol with itself. Catch that here, to avoid the
1233 confusion that results if we try to override a symbol with
1234 itself. The additional tests catch cases like
1235 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, which are regular symbols defined in a
1236 dynamic object, which we do want to handle here. */
1238 && (newweak
|| oldweak
)
1239 && ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
1240 || !h
->def_regular
))
1245 olddyn
= (oldbfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1246 else if (oldsec
!= NULL
)
1248 /* This handles the special SHN_MIPS_{TEXT,DATA} section
1249 indices used by MIPS ELF. */
1250 olddyn
= (oldsec
->symbol
->flags
& BSF_DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1253 /* Handle a case where plugin_notice won't be called and thus won't
1254 set the non_ir_ref flags on the first pass over symbols. */
1256 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
)
1257 && newdyn
!= olddyn
)
1259 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1260 hi
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= TRUE
;
1263 /* NEWDEF and OLDDEF indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1264 respectively, appear to be a definition rather than reference. */
1266 newdef
= !bfd_is_und_section (sec
) && !bfd_is_com_section (sec
);
1268 olddef
= (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
1269 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
1270 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
);
1272 /* NEWFUNC and OLDFUNC indicate whether the new or old symbol,
1273 respectively, appear to be a function. */
1275 newfunc
= (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1276 && bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)));
1278 oldfunc
= (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1279 && bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
));
1281 if (!(newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1282 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1283 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
1284 && h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
1285 && (newdef
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1286 && (olddef
|| h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
1288 /* If creating a default indirect symbol ("foo" or "foo@") from
1289 a dynamic versioned definition ("foo@@") skip doing so if
1290 there is an existing regular definition with a different
1291 type. We don't want, for example, a "time" variable in the
1292 executable overriding a "time" function in a shared library. */
1300 /* When adding a symbol from a regular object file after we have
1301 created indirect symbols, undo the indirection and any
1308 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1309 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1313 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1315 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1316 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1320 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1321 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1327 /* Check TLS symbols. We don't check undefined symbols introduced
1328 by "ld -u" which have no type (and oldbfd NULL), and we don't
1329 check symbols from plugins because they also have no type. */
1331 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1332 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
1333 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != h
->type
1334 && (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
|| h
->type
== STT_TLS
))
1337 bfd_boolean ntdef
, tdef
;
1338 asection
*ntsec
, *tsec
;
1340 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
1361 /* xgettext:c-format */
1362 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1363 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1364 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1365 else if (!tdef
&& !ntdef
)
1367 /* xgettext:c-format */
1368 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1369 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1370 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
);
1373 /* xgettext:c-format */
1374 (_("%s: TLS definition in %pB section %pA "
1375 "mismatches non-TLS reference in %pB"),
1376 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, tsec
, ntbfd
);
1379 /* xgettext:c-format */
1380 (_("%s: TLS reference in %pB "
1381 "mismatches non-TLS definition in %pB section %pA"),
1382 h
->root
.root
.string
, tbfd
, ntbfd
, ntsec
);
1384 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
1388 /* If the old symbol has non-default visibility, we ignore the new
1389 definition from a dynamic object. */
1391 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1392 && !bfd_is_und_section (sec
))
1395 /* Make sure this symbol is dynamic. */
1397 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1398 /* A protected symbol has external availability. Make sure it is
1399 recorded as dynamic.
1401 FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1402 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
1403 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
1408 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
1411 /* If the new symbol with non-default visibility comes from a
1412 relocatable file and the old definition comes from a dynamic
1413 object, we remove the old definition. */
1414 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1416 /* Handle the case where the old dynamic definition is
1417 default versioned. We need to copy the symbol info from
1418 the symbol with default version to the normal one if it
1419 was referenced before. */
1422 hi
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1423 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1424 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, hi
, h
);
1426 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1427 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1429 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1430 any dynamic link state. */
1431 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1432 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1439 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1449 /* If the old symbol was undefined before, then it will still be
1450 on the undefs list. If the new symbol is undefined or
1451 common, we can't make it bfd_link_hash_new here, because new
1452 undefined or common symbols will be added to the undefs list
1453 by _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol. Symbols may not be
1454 added twice to the undefs list. Also, if the new symbol is
1455 undefweak then we don't want to lose the strong undef. */
1456 if (h
->root
.u
.undef
.next
|| info
->hash
->undefs_tail
== &h
->root
)
1458 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1459 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= abfd
;
1463 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_new
;
1464 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= NULL
;
1467 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
) != STV_PROTECTED
)
1469 /* If the new symbol is hidden or internal, completely undo
1470 any dynamic link state. */
1471 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1472 h
->forced_local
= 0;
1478 /* FIXME: Should we check type and size for protected symbol? */
1484 /* If a new weak symbol definition comes from a regular file and the
1485 old symbol comes from a dynamic library, we treat the new one as
1486 strong. Similarly, an old weak symbol definition from a regular
1487 file is treated as strong when the new symbol comes from a dynamic
1488 library. Further, an old weak symbol from a dynamic library is
1489 treated as strong if the new symbol is from a dynamic library.
1490 This reflects the way glibc's ld.so works.
1492 Also allow a weak symbol to override a linker script symbol
1493 defined by an early pass over the script. This is done so the
1494 linker knows the symbol is defined in an object file, for the
1495 DEFINED script function.
1497 Do this before setting *type_change_ok or *size_change_ok so that
1498 we warn properly when dynamic library symbols are overridden. */
1500 if (newdef
&& !newdyn
&& (olddyn
|| h
->root
.ldscript_def
))
1502 if (olddef
&& newdyn
)
1505 /* Allow changes between different types of function symbol. */
1506 if (newfunc
&& oldfunc
)
1507 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1509 /* It's OK to change the type if either the existing symbol or the
1510 new symbol is weak. A type change is also OK if the old symbol
1511 is undefined and the new symbol is defined. */
1516 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
))
1517 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1519 /* It's OK to change the size if either the existing symbol or the
1520 new symbol is weak, or if the old symbol is undefined. */
1523 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
1524 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1526 /* NEWDYNCOMMON and OLDDYNCOMMON indicate whether the new or old
1527 symbol, respectively, appears to be a common symbol in a dynamic
1528 object. If a symbol appears in an uninitialized section, and is
1529 not weak, and is not a function, then it may be a common symbol
1530 which was resolved when the dynamic object was created. We want
1531 to treat such symbols specially, because they raise special
1532 considerations when setting the symbol size: if the symbol
1533 appears as a common symbol in a regular object, and the size in
1534 the regular object is larger, we must make sure that we use the
1535 larger size. This problematic case can always be avoided in C,
1536 but it must be handled correctly when using Fortran shared
1539 Note that if NEWDYNCOMMON is set, NEWDEF will be set, and
1540 likewise for OLDDYNCOMMON and OLDDEF.
1542 Note that this test is just a heuristic, and that it is quite
1543 possible to have an uninitialized symbol in a shared object which
1544 is really a definition, rather than a common symbol. This could
1545 lead to some minor confusion when the symbol really is a common
1546 symbol in some regular object. However, I think it will be
1552 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1553 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1556 newdyncommon
= TRUE
;
1558 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1562 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1564 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1565 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0
1568 olddyncommon
= TRUE
;
1570 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1572 /* We now know everything about the old and new symbols. We ask the
1573 backend to check if we can merge them. */
1574 if (bed
->merge_symbol
!= NULL
)
1576 if (!bed
->merge_symbol (h
, sym
, psec
, newdef
, olddef
, oldbfd
, oldsec
))
1581 /* There are multiple definitions of a normal symbol. Skip the
1582 default symbol as well as definition from an IR object. */
1583 if (olddef
&& !olddyn
&& !oldweak
&& newdef
&& !newdyn
&& !newweak
1584 && !default_sym
&& h
->def_regular
1586 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1587 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1589 /* Handle a multiple definition. */
1590 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_definition
) (info
, &h
->root
,
1591 abfd
, sec
, *pvalue
);
1596 /* If both the old and the new symbols look like common symbols in a
1597 dynamic object, set the size of the symbol to the larger of the
1602 && sym
->st_size
!= h
->size
)
1604 /* Since we think we have two common symbols, issue a multiple
1605 common warning if desired. Note that we only warn if the
1606 size is different. If the size is the same, we simply let
1607 the old symbol override the new one as normally happens with
1608 symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
1610 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1611 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1612 if (sym
->st_size
> h
->size
)
1613 h
->size
= sym
->st_size
;
1615 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1618 /* If we are looking at a dynamic object, and we have found a
1619 definition, we need to see if the symbol was already defined by
1620 some other object. If so, we want to use the existing
1621 definition, and we do not want to report a multiple symbol
1622 definition error; we do this by clobbering *PSEC to be
1623 bfd_und_section_ptr.
1625 We treat a common symbol as a definition if the symbol in the
1626 shared library is a function, since common symbols always
1627 represent variables; this can cause confusion in principle, but
1628 any such confusion would seem to indicate an erroneous program or
1629 shared library. We also permit a common symbol in a regular
1630 object to override a weak symbol in a shared object. */
1635 || (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
1636 && (newweak
|| newfunc
))))
1640 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1642 *psec
= sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
1643 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1645 /* If we get here when the old symbol is a common symbol, then
1646 we are explicitly letting it override a weak symbol or
1647 function in a dynamic object, and we don't want to warn about
1648 a type change. If the old symbol is a defined symbol, a type
1649 change warning may still be appropriate. */
1651 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1652 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1655 /* Handle the special case of an old common symbol merging with a
1656 new symbol which looks like a common symbol in a shared object.
1657 We change *PSEC and *PVALUE to make the new symbol look like a
1658 common symbol, and let _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the
1662 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
1666 newdyncommon
= FALSE
;
1667 *pvalue
= sym
->st_size
;
1668 *psec
= sec
= bed
->common_section (oldsec
);
1669 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1672 /* Skip weak definitions of symbols that are already defined. */
1673 if (newdef
&& olddef
&& newweak
)
1675 /* Don't skip new non-IR weak syms. */
1676 if (!(oldbfd
!= NULL
1677 && (oldbfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0
1678 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
1684 /* Merge st_other. If the symbol already has a dynamic index,
1685 but visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into a
1687 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, sym
, sec
, newdef
, newdyn
);
1688 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
1689 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
1693 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
1698 /* If the old symbol is from a dynamic object, and the new symbol is
1699 a definition which is not from a dynamic object, then the new
1700 symbol overrides the old symbol. Symbols from regular files
1701 always take precedence over symbols from dynamic objects, even if
1702 they are defined after the dynamic object in the link.
1704 As above, we again permit a common symbol in a regular object to
1705 override a definition in a shared object if the shared object
1706 symbol is a function or is weak. */
1711 || (bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1712 && (oldweak
|| oldfunc
)))
1717 /* Change the hash table entry to undefined, and let
1718 _bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol do the right thing with the
1721 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1722 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1723 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1726 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1728 /* We again permit a type change when a common symbol may be
1729 overriding a function. */
1731 if (bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
1735 /* If a common symbol overrides a function, make sure
1736 that it isn't defined dynamically nor has type
1739 h
->type
= STT_NOTYPE
;
1741 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1744 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1747 /* This union may have been set to be non-NULL when this symbol
1748 was seen in a dynamic object. We must force the union to be
1749 NULL, so that it is correct for a regular symbol. */
1750 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1753 /* Handle the special case of a new common symbol merging with an
1754 old symbol that looks like it might be a common symbol defined in
1755 a shared object. Note that we have already handled the case in
1756 which a new common symbol should simply override the definition
1757 in the shared library. */
1760 && bfd_is_com_section (sec
)
1763 /* It would be best if we could set the hash table entry to a
1764 common symbol, but we don't know what to use for the section
1765 or the alignment. */
1766 (*info
->callbacks
->multiple_common
) (info
, &h
->root
, abfd
,
1767 bfd_link_hash_common
, sym
->st_size
);
1769 /* If the presumed common symbol in the dynamic object is
1770 larger, pretend that the new symbol has its size. */
1772 if (h
->size
> *pvalue
)
1775 /* We need to remember the alignment required by the symbol
1776 in the dynamic object. */
1777 BFD_ASSERT (pold_alignment
);
1778 *pold_alignment
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
1781 olddyncommon
= FALSE
;
1783 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1784 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1786 *size_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1787 *type_change_ok
= TRUE
;
1789 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
1792 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
1797 /* Handle the case where we had a versioned symbol in a dynamic
1798 library and now find a definition in a normal object. In this
1799 case, we make the versioned symbol point to the normal one. */
1800 flip
->root
.type
= h
->root
.type
;
1801 flip
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
1802 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1803 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) flip
;
1804 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, flip
, h
);
1808 flip
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1815 /* This function is called to create an indirect symbol from the
1816 default for the symbol with the default version if needed. The
1817 symbol is described by H, NAME, SYM, SEC, and VALUE. We
1818 set DYNSYM if the new indirect symbol is dynamic. */
1821 _bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1822 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1823 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1825 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
1829 bfd_boolean
*dynsym
)
1831 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
1832 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
1835 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
1836 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1837 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1838 bfd_boolean collect
;
1839 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
1840 bfd_boolean override
;
1842 size_t len
, shortlen
;
1844 bfd_boolean matched
;
1846 if (h
->versioned
== unversioned
|| h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
)
1849 /* If this symbol has a version, and it is the default version, we
1850 create an indirect symbol from the default name to the fully
1851 decorated name. This will cause external references which do not
1852 specify a version to be bound to this version of the symbol. */
1853 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
1854 if (h
->versioned
== unknown
)
1858 h
->versioned
= unversioned
;
1863 if (p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
1865 h
->versioned
= versioned_hidden
;
1869 h
->versioned
= versioned
;
1874 /* PR ld/19073: We may see an unversioned definition after the
1880 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1881 collect
= bed
->collect
;
1882 dynamic
= (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0;
1884 shortlen
= p
- name
;
1885 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, shortlen
+ 1);
1886 if (shortname
== NULL
)
1888 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
1889 shortname
[shortlen
] = '\0';
1891 /* We are going to create a new symbol. Merge it with any existing
1892 symbol with this name. For the purposes of the merge, act as
1893 though we were defining the symbol we just defined, although we
1894 actually going to define an indirect symbol. */
1895 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1896 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
1899 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
1900 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
1901 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
1907 if (hi
->def_regular
)
1909 /* If the undecorated symbol will have a version added by a
1910 script different to H, then don't indirect to/from the
1911 undecorated symbol. This isn't ideal because we may not yet
1912 have seen symbol versions, if given by a script on the
1913 command line rather than via --version-script. */
1914 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
1919 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
1920 hi
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
1921 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
1923 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
1927 if (hi
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
1928 && strcmp (p
+ 1 + (p
[1] == '@'), hi
->verinfo
.vertree
->name
) != 0)
1934 /* Add the default symbol if not performing a relocatable link. */
1935 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
1938 if (bh
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1939 && bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
1940 && (bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
1942 /* Mark the previous definition from IR object as
1943 undefined so that the generic linker will override
1945 bh
->type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
1946 bh
->u
.undef
.abfd
= bh
->u
.def
.section
->owner
;
1948 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
1949 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
1950 bfd_ind_section_ptr
,
1951 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
1953 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1958 /* In this case the symbol named SHORTNAME is overriding the
1959 indirect symbol we want to add. We were planning on making
1960 SHORTNAME an indirect symbol referring to NAME. SHORTNAME
1961 is the name without a version. NAME is the fully versioned
1962 name, and it is the default version.
1964 Overriding means that we already saw a definition for the
1965 symbol SHORTNAME in a regular object, and it is overriding
1966 the symbol defined in the dynamic object.
1968 When this happens, we actually want to change NAME, the
1969 symbol we just added, to refer to SHORTNAME. This will cause
1970 references to NAME in the shared object to become references
1971 to SHORTNAME in the regular object. This is what we expect
1972 when we override a function in a shared object: that the
1973 references in the shared object will be mapped to the
1974 definition in the regular object. */
1976 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
1977 || hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
1978 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
1980 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
1981 h
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) hi
;
1985 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
1989 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hi
))
1994 /* Now set HI to H, so that the following code will set the
1995 other fields correctly. */
1999 /* Check if HI is a warning symbol. */
2000 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2001 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2003 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2004 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error to
2005 the user in that case. */
2007 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2009 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ht
;
2011 ht
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2012 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, ht
, hi
);
2014 /* A reference to the SHORTNAME symbol from a dynamic library
2015 will be satisfied by the versioned symbol at runtime. In
2016 effect, we have a reference to the versioned symbol. */
2017 ht
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2018 hi
->dynamic_def
|= ht
->dynamic_def
;
2020 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol must
2026 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2033 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2039 /* We also need to define an indirection from the nondefault version
2043 len
= strlen (name
);
2044 shortname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&info
->hash
->table
, len
);
2045 if (shortname
== NULL
)
2047 memcpy (shortname
, name
, shortlen
);
2048 memcpy (shortname
+ shortlen
, p
+ 1, len
- shortlen
);
2050 /* Once again, merge with any existing symbol. */
2051 type_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2052 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
2054 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, shortname
, sym
, &tmp_sec
, &value
,
2055 &hi
, poldbfd
, NULL
, NULL
, &skip
, &override
,
2056 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
, &matched
))
2064 /* Here SHORTNAME is a versioned name, so we don't expect to see
2065 the type of override we do in the case above unless it is
2066 overridden by a versioned definition. */
2067 if (hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2068 && hi
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2070 /* xgettext:c-format */
2071 (_("%pB: unexpected redefinition of indirect versioned symbol `%s'"),
2077 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
2078 (info
, abfd
, shortname
, BSF_INDIRECT
,
2079 bfd_ind_section_ptr
, 0, name
, FALSE
, collect
, &bh
)))
2081 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
2083 /* If there is a duplicate definition somewhere, then HI may not
2084 point to an indirect symbol. We will have reported an error
2085 to the user in that case. */
2087 if (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2089 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
2090 h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
|= hi
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
;
2091 hi
->dynamic_def
|= h
->dynamic_def
;
2093 /* See if the new flags lead us to realize that the symbol
2099 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
)
2105 if (hi
->ref_regular
)
2115 /* This routine is used to export all defined symbols into the dynamic
2116 symbol table. It is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2119 _bfd_elf_export_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2121 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2123 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2124 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2127 /* Ignore this if we won't export it. */
2128 if (!eif
->info
->export_dynamic
&& !h
->dynamic
)
2131 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2132 && (h
->def_regular
|| h
->ref_regular
)
2133 && ! bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2134 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2136 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2146 /* Look through the symbols which are defined in other shared
2147 libraries and referenced here. Update the list of version
2148 dependencies. This will be put into the .gnu.version_r section.
2149 This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2152 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2155 struct elf_find_verdep_info
*rinfo
= (struct elf_find_verdep_info
*) data
;
2156 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
2157 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
2160 /* We only care about symbols defined in shared objects with version
2165 || h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
2166 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2167 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
2170 /* See if we already know about this version. */
2171 for (t
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2175 if (t
->vn_bfd
!= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
2178 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
2179 if (a
->vna_nodename
== h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
)
2185 /* This is a new version. Add it to tree we are building. */
2190 t
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2193 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2197 t
->vn_bfd
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
;
2198 t
->vn_nextref
= elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
;
2199 elf_tdata (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
)->verref
= t
;
2203 a
= (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*) bfd_zalloc (rinfo
->info
->output_bfd
, amt
);
2206 rinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2210 /* Note that we are copying a string pointer here, and testing it
2211 above. If bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section is ever changed to
2212 discard the string data when low in memory, this will have to be
2214 a
->vna_nodename
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_nodename
;
2216 a
->vna_flags
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_flags
;
2217 a
->vna_nextptr
= t
->vn_auxptr
;
2219 h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
= rinfo
->vers
;
2222 a
->vna_other
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
2229 /* Return TRUE and set *HIDE to TRUE if the versioned symbol is
2230 hidden. Set *T_P to NULL if there is no match. */
2233 _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2235 const char *version_p
,
2236 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**t_p
,
2239 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2241 /* Look for the version. If we find it, it is no longer weak. */
2242 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
2244 if (strcmp (t
->name
, version_p
) == 0)
2248 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
2250 len
= version_p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
2251 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
);
2254 memcpy (alc
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len
- 1);
2255 alc
[len
- 1] = '\0';
2256 if (alc
[len
- 2] == ELF_VER_CHR
)
2257 alc
[len
- 2] = '\0';
2259 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2263 if (t
->globals
.list
!= NULL
)
2264 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->globals
, NULL
, alc
);
2266 /* See if there is anything to force this symbol to
2268 if (d
== NULL
&& t
->locals
.list
!= NULL
)
2270 d
= (*t
->match
) (&t
->locals
, NULL
, alc
);
2273 && ! info
->export_dynamic
)
2287 /* Return TRUE if the symbol H is hidden by version script. */
2290 _bfd_elf_link_hide_sym_by_version (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2291 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2294 bfd_boolean hide
= FALSE
;
2295 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
2296 = get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2298 /* Version script only hides symbols defined in regular objects. */
2299 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
2302 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2303 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2305 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2308 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2312 && _bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
)
2316 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2321 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2323 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
&& info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2326 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (info
->version_info
,
2327 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2328 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2330 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2338 /* Figure out appropriate versions for all the symbols. We may not
2339 have the version number script until we have read all of the input
2340 files, so until that point we don't know which symbols should be
2341 local. This function is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
2344 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2346 struct elf_info_failed
*sinfo
;
2347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
2348 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2349 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
2353 sinfo
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2356 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2359 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, &eif
))
2362 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2366 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
2368 /* We only need version numbers for symbols defined in regular
2370 if (!h
->def_regular
)
2372 /* Hide symbols defined in discarded input sections. */
2373 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2374 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2375 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
2376 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2381 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
2382 if (p
!= NULL
&& h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
2384 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
2387 if (*p
== ELF_VER_CHR
)
2390 /* If there is no version string, we can just return out. */
2394 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hide_versioned_symbol (info
, h
, p
, &t
, &hide
))
2396 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2401 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2403 /* If we are building an application, we need to create a
2404 version node for this version. */
2405 if (t
== NULL
&& bfd_link_executable (info
))
2407 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
**pp
;
2410 /* If we aren't going to export this symbol, we don't need
2411 to worry about it. */
2412 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
2415 t
= (struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*) bfd_zalloc (info
->output_bfd
,
2419 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2424 t
->name_indx
= (unsigned int) -1;
2428 /* Don't count anonymous version tag. */
2429 if (sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
2430 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
->vernum
== 0)
2432 for (pp
= &sinfo
->info
->version_info
;
2436 t
->vernum
= version_index
;
2440 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
2444 /* We could not find the version for a symbol when
2445 generating a shared archive. Return an error. */
2447 /* xgettext:c-format */
2448 (_("%pB: version node not found for symbol %s"),
2449 info
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
2450 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2451 sinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2456 /* If we don't have a version for this symbol, see if we can find
2459 && h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
2460 && sinfo
->info
->version_info
!= NULL
)
2463 = bfd_find_version_for_sym (sinfo
->info
->version_info
,
2464 h
->root
.root
.string
, &hide
);
2465 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
!= NULL
&& hide
)
2466 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
2472 /* Read and swap the relocs from the section indicated by SHDR. This
2473 may be either a REL or a RELA section. The relocations are
2474 translated into RELA relocations and stored in INTERNAL_RELOCS,
2475 which should have already been allocated to contain enough space.
2476 The EXTERNAL_RELOCS are a buffer where the external form of the
2477 relocations should be stored.
2479 Returns FALSE if something goes wrong. */
2482 elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2484 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
2485 void *external_relocs
,
2486 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
)
2488 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2489 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
2490 const bfd_byte
*erela
;
2491 const bfd_byte
*erelaend
;
2492 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2493 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2496 /* Position ourselves at the start of the section. */
2497 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
2500 /* Read the relocations. */
2501 if (bfd_bread (external_relocs
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != shdr
->sh_size
)
2504 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2505 nsyms
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
2507 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2509 /* Convert the external relocations to the internal format. */
2510 if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
2511 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
2512 else if (shdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
2513 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
2516 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2520 erela
= (const bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
;
2521 /* Setting erelaend like this and comparing with <= handles case of
2522 a fuzzed object with sh_size not a multiple of sh_entsize. */
2523 erelaend
= erela
+ shdr
->sh_size
- shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2524 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2525 while (erela
<= erelaend
)
2529 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
2530 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irela
->r_info
);
2531 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
2535 if ((size_t) r_symndx
>= nsyms
)
2538 /* xgettext:c-format */
2539 (_("%pB: bad reloc symbol index (%#" PRIx64
" >= %#lx)"
2540 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"),
2541 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
, (unsigned long) nsyms
,
2542 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2543 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2547 else if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
2550 /* xgettext:c-format */
2551 (_("%pB: non-zero symbol index (%#" PRIx64
")"
2552 " for offset %#" PRIx64
" in section `%pA'"
2553 " when the object file has no symbol table"),
2554 abfd
, (uint64_t) r_symndx
,
2555 (uint64_t) irela
->r_offset
, sec
);
2556 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2559 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2560 erela
+= shdr
->sh_entsize
;
2566 /* Read and swap the relocs for a section O. They may have been
2567 cached. If the EXTERNAL_RELOCS and INTERNAL_RELOCS arguments are
2568 not NULL, they are used as buffers to read into. They are known to
2569 be large enough. If the INTERNAL_RELOCS relocs argument is NULL,
2570 the return value is allocated using either malloc or bfd_alloc,
2571 according to the KEEP_MEMORY argument. If O has two relocation
2572 sections (both REL and RELA relocations), then the REL_HDR
2573 relocations will appear first in INTERNAL_RELOCS, followed by the
2574 RELA_HDR relocations. */
2577 _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2579 void *external_relocs
,
2580 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2581 bfd_boolean keep_memory
)
2583 void *alloc1
= NULL
;
2584 Elf_Internal_Rela
*alloc2
= NULL
;
2585 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2586 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
2587 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_rela_relocs
;
2589 if (esdo
->relocs
!= NULL
)
2590 return esdo
->relocs
;
2592 if (o
->reloc_count
== 0)
2595 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2599 size
= (bfd_size_type
) o
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
2601 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
2603 internal_relocs
= alloc2
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
2604 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
2608 if (external_relocs
== NULL
)
2610 bfd_size_type size
= 0;
2613 size
+= esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2615 size
+= esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
2617 alloc1
= bfd_malloc (size
);
2620 external_relocs
= alloc1
;
2623 internal_rela_relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2626 if (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rel
.hdr
,
2630 external_relocs
= (((bfd_byte
*) external_relocs
)
2631 + esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
);
2632 internal_rela_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdo
->rel
.hdr
)
2633 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2637 && (!elf_link_read_relocs_from_section (abfd
, o
, esdo
->rela
.hdr
,
2639 internal_rela_relocs
)))
2642 /* Cache the results for next time, if we can. */
2644 esdo
->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
2649 /* Don't free alloc2, since if it was allocated we are passing it
2650 back (under the name of internal_relocs). */
2652 return internal_relocs
;
2660 bfd_release (abfd
, alloc2
);
2667 /* Compute the size of, and allocate space for, REL_HDR which is the
2668 section header for a section containing relocations for O. */
2671 _bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2672 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
)
2674 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
2676 /* That allows us to calculate the size of the section. */
2677 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* reldata
->count
;
2679 /* The contents field must last into write_object_contents, so we
2680 allocate it with bfd_alloc rather than malloc. Also since we
2681 cannot be sure that the contents will actually be filled in,
2682 we zero the allocated space. */
2683 rel_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, rel_hdr
->sh_size
);
2684 if (rel_hdr
->contents
== NULL
&& rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2687 if (reldata
->hashes
== NULL
&& reldata
->count
)
2689 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**p
;
2691 p
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
**)
2692 bfd_zmalloc (reldata
->count
* sizeof (*p
)));
2696 reldata
->hashes
= p
;
2702 /* Copy the relocations indicated by the INTERNAL_RELOCS (which
2703 originated from the section given by INPUT_REL_HDR) to the
2707 _bfd_elf_link_output_relocs (bfd
*output_bfd
,
2708 asection
*input_section
,
2709 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
,
2710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
2711 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
2714 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
2715 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
;
2717 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*output_reldata
;
2718 asection
*output_section
;
2719 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2720 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
2721 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
;
2723 output_section
= input_section
->output_section
;
2725 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
2726 esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
2727 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
&& esdo
->rel
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2729 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
2730 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
2732 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
2733 && esdo
->rela
.hdr
->sh_entsize
== input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
)
2735 output_reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
2736 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
2741 /* xgettext:c-format */
2742 (_("%pB: relocation size mismatch in %pB section %pA"),
2743 output_bfd
, input_section
->owner
, input_section
);
2744 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
2748 erel
= output_reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
2749 erel
+= output_reldata
->count
* input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2750 irela
= internal_relocs
;
2751 irelaend
= irela
+ (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
2752 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
2753 while (irela
< irelaend
)
2755 (*swap_out
) (output_bfd
, irela
, erel
);
2756 irela
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
2757 erel
+= input_rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
2760 /* Bump the counter, so that we know where to add the next set of
2762 output_reldata
->count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
2767 /* Make weak undefined symbols in PIE dynamic. */
2770 _bfd_elf_link_hash_fixup_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
2773 if (bfd_link_pie (info
)
2775 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2776 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
2781 /* Fix up the flags for a symbol. This handles various cases which
2782 can only be fixed after all the input files are seen. This is
2783 currently called by both adjust_dynamic_symbol and
2784 assign_sym_version, which is unnecessary but perhaps more robust in
2785 the face of future changes. */
2788 _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2789 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
)
2791 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2793 /* If this symbol was mentioned in a non-ELF file, try to set
2794 DEF_REGULAR and REF_REGULAR correctly. This is the only way to
2795 permit a non-ELF file to correctly refer to a symbol defined in
2796 an ELF dynamic object. */
2799 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2800 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2802 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2803 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2806 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2810 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2811 && (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2812 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
))
2815 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
2821 if (h
->dynindx
== -1
2825 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2834 /* Unfortunately, NON_ELF is only correct if the symbol
2835 was first seen in a non-ELF file. Fortunately, if the symbol
2836 was first seen in an ELF file, we're probably OK unless the
2837 symbol was defined in a non-ELF file. Catch that case here.
2838 FIXME: We're still in trouble if the symbol was first seen in
2839 a dynamic object, and then later in a non-ELF regular object. */
2840 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2841 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2843 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
2844 ? (bfd_get_flavour (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
2845 != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
2846 : (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
2847 && !h
->def_dynamic
)))
2851 /* Backend specific symbol fixup. */
2852 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->dynobj
);
2853 if (bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
2854 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fixup_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
2857 /* If this is a final link, and the symbol was defined as a common
2858 symbol in a regular object file, and there was no definition in
2859 any dynamic object, then the linker will have allocated space for
2860 the symbol in a common section but the DEF_REGULAR
2861 flag will not have been set. */
2862 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2866 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
2869 /* Symbols defined in discarded sections shouldn't be dynamic. */
2870 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
&& h
->indx
== -3)
2871 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2873 /* If a weak undefined symbol has non-default visibility, we also
2874 hide it from the dynamic linker. */
2875 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
2876 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2877 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2879 /* A hidden versioned symbol in executable should be forced local if
2880 it is is locally defined, not referenced by shared library and not
2882 else if (bfd_link_executable (eif
->info
)
2883 && h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
2884 && !eif
->info
->export_dynamic
2888 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2890 /* If -Bsymbolic was used (which means to bind references to global
2891 symbols to the definition within the shared object), and this
2892 symbol was defined in a regular object, then it actually doesn't
2893 need a PLT entry. Likewise, if the symbol has non-default
2894 visibility. If the symbol has hidden or internal visibility, we
2895 will force it local. */
2896 else if (h
->needs_plt
2897 && bfd_link_pic (eif
->info
)
2898 && is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
)
2899 && (SYMBOLIC_BIND (eif
->info
, h
)
2900 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
2903 bfd_boolean force_local
;
2905 force_local
= (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
2906 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
);
2907 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, force_local
);
2910 /* If this is a weak defined symbol in a dynamic object, and we know
2911 the real definition in the dynamic object, copy interesting flags
2912 over to the real definition. */
2913 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
2915 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
2917 /* If the real definition is defined by a regular object file,
2918 don't do anything special. See the longer description in
2919 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol, below. If the def is not
2920 bfd_link_hash_defined as it was when put on the alias list
2921 then it must have originally been a versioned symbol (for
2922 which a non-versioned indirect symbol is created) and later
2923 a definition for the non-versioned symbol is found. In that
2924 case the indirection is flipped with the versioned symbol
2925 becoming an indirect pointing at the non-versioned symbol.
2926 Thus, not an alias any more. */
2927 if (def
->def_regular
2928 || def
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
)
2931 while ((h
= h
->u
.alias
) != def
)
2932 h
->is_weakalias
= 0;
2936 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2937 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2938 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2939 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
2940 BFD_ASSERT (def
->def_dynamic
);
2941 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (eif
->info
, def
, h
);
2948 /* Make the backend pick a good value for a dynamic symbol. This is
2949 called via elf_link_hash_traverse, and also calls itself
2953 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2955 struct elf_info_failed
*eif
= (struct elf_info_failed
*) data
;
2956 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2957 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2959 if (! is_elf_hash_table (eif
->info
->hash
))
2962 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
2963 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2966 /* Fix the symbol flags. */
2967 if (! _bfd_elf_fix_symbol_flags (h
, eif
))
2970 htab
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
);
2971 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (htab
->dynobj
);
2973 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2975 if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
== 0)
2976 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
2977 else if (eif
->info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
> 0
2979 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
2980 && !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (eif
->info
->version_info
,
2981 h
->root
.root
.string
))
2983 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (eif
->info
, h
))
2991 /* If this symbol does not require a PLT entry, and it is not
2992 defined by a dynamic object, or is not referenced by a regular
2993 object, ignore it. We do have to handle a weak defined symbol,
2994 even if no regular object refers to it, if we decided to add it
2995 to the dynamic symbol table. FIXME: Do we normally need to worry
2996 about symbols which are defined by one dynamic object and
2997 referenced by another one? */
2999 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
3003 && (!h
->is_weakalias
|| weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1))))
3005 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (eif
->info
)->init_plt_offset
;
3009 /* If we've already adjusted this symbol, don't do it again. This
3010 can happen via a recursive call. */
3011 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
3014 /* Don't look at this symbol again. Note that we must set this
3015 after checking the above conditions, because we may look at a
3016 symbol once, decide not to do anything, and then get called
3017 recursively later after REF_REGULAR is set below. */
3018 h
->dynamic_adjusted
= 1;
3020 /* If this is a weak definition, and we know a real definition, and
3021 the real symbol is not itself defined by a regular object file,
3022 then get a good value for the real definition. We handle the
3023 real symbol first, for the convenience of the backend routine.
3025 Note that there is a confusing case here. If the real definition
3026 is defined by a regular object file, we don't get the real symbol
3027 from the dynamic object, but we do get the weak symbol. If the
3028 processor backend uses a COPY reloc, then if some routine in the
3029 dynamic object changes the real symbol, we will not see that
3030 change in the corresponding weak symbol. This is the way other
3031 ELF linkers work as well, and seems to be a result of the shared
3034 I will clarify this issue. Most SVR4 shared libraries define the
3035 variable _timezone and define timezone as a weak synonym. The
3036 tzset call changes _timezone. If you write
3037 extern int timezone;
3039 int main () { tzset (); printf ("%d %d\n", timezone, _timezone); }
3040 you might expect that, since timezone is a synonym for _timezone,
3041 the same number will print both times. However, if the processor
3042 backend uses a COPY reloc, then actually timezone will be copied
3043 into your process image, and, since you define _timezone
3044 yourself, _timezone will not. Thus timezone and _timezone will
3045 wind up at different memory locations. The tzset call will set
3046 _timezone, leaving timezone unchanged. */
3048 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
3050 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
3052 /* If we get to this point, there is an implicit reference to
3053 the alias by a regular object file via the weak symbol H. */
3054 def
->ref_regular
= 1;
3056 /* Ensure that the backend adjust_dynamic_symbol function sees
3057 the strong alias before H by recursively calling ourselves. */
3058 if (!_bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (def
, eif
))
3062 /* If a symbol has no type and no size and does not require a PLT
3063 entry, then we are probably about to do the wrong thing here: we
3064 are probably going to create a COPY reloc for an empty object.
3065 This case can arise when a shared object is built with assembly
3066 code, and the assembly code fails to set the symbol type. */
3068 && h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
3071 (_("warning: type and size of dynamic symbol `%s' are not defined"),
3072 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3074 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol
) (eif
->info
, h
))
3083 /* Adjust the dynamic symbol, H, for copy in the dynamic bss section,
3087 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3088 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3091 unsigned int power_of_two
;
3093 asection
*sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
3095 /* The section alignment of the definition is the maximum alignment
3096 requirement of symbols defined in the section. Since we don't
3097 know the symbol alignment requirement, we start with the
3098 maximum alignment and check low bits of the symbol address
3099 for the minimum alignment. */
3100 power_of_two
= bfd_section_alignment (sec
);
3101 mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << power_of_two
) - 1;
3102 while ((h
->root
.u
.def
.value
& mask
) != 0)
3108 if (power_of_two
> bfd_section_alignment (dynbss
))
3110 /* Adjust the section alignment if needed. */
3111 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynbss
, power_of_two
))
3115 /* We make sure that the symbol will be aligned properly. */
3116 dynbss
->size
= BFD_ALIGN (dynbss
->size
, mask
+ 1);
3118 /* Define the symbol as being at this point in DYNBSS. */
3119 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= dynbss
;
3120 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= dynbss
->size
;
3122 /* Increment the size of DYNBSS to make room for the symbol. */
3123 dynbss
->size
+= h
->size
;
3125 /* No error if extern_protected_data is true. */
3126 if (h
->protected_def
3127 && (!info
->extern_protected_data
3128 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3129 && !get_elf_backend_data (dynbss
->owner
)->extern_protected_data
)))
3130 info
->callbacks
->einfo
3131 (_("%P: copy reloc against protected `%pT' is dangerous\n"),
3132 h
->root
.root
.string
);
3137 /* Adjust all external symbols pointing into SEC_MERGE sections
3138 to reflect the object merging within the sections. */
3141 _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3145 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3146 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3147 && ((sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
3148 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
3150 bfd
*output_bfd
= (bfd
*) data
;
3152 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
=
3153 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
,
3154 &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
,
3155 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
3156 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3162 /* Returns false if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3163 to resolve local to the current module, and true if it should be
3164 considered to bind dynamically. */
3167 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3168 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3169 bfd_boolean not_local_protected
)
3171 bfd_boolean binding_stays_local_p
;
3172 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3173 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3178 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
3179 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
3180 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
3182 /* If it was forced local, then clearly it's not dynamic. */
3183 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3185 if (h
->forced_local
)
3188 /* Identify the cases where name binding rules say that a
3189 visible symbol resolves locally. */
3190 binding_stays_local_p
= (bfd_link_executable (info
)
3191 || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
));
3193 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3200 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3201 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3204 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3206 /* Proper resolution for function pointer equality may require
3207 that these symbols perhaps be resolved dynamically, even though
3208 we should be resolving them to the current module. */
3209 if (!not_local_protected
|| !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3210 binding_stays_local_p
= TRUE
;
3217 /* If it isn't defined locally, then clearly it's dynamic. */
3218 if (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3221 /* Otherwise, the symbol is dynamic if binding rules don't tell
3222 us that it remains local. */
3223 return !binding_stays_local_p
;
3226 /* Return true if the symbol referred to by H should be considered
3227 to resolve local to the current module, and false otherwise. Differs
3228 from (the inverse of) _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p in the treatment of
3229 undefined symbols. The two functions are virtually identical except
3230 for the place where dynindx == -1 is tested. If that test is true,
3231 _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p will say the symbol is local, while
3232 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p will say the symbol is local only for
3234 It might seem that _bfd_elf_dynamic_symbol_p could be rewritten as
3235 !_bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p, except that targets differ in their
3236 treatment of undefined weak symbols. For those that do not make
3237 undefined weak symbols dynamic, both functions may return false. */
3240 _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3241 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3242 bfd_boolean local_protected
)
3244 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3245 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3247 /* If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally. */
3251 /* STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local. */
3252 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
3253 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
3256 /* Forced local symbols resolve locally. */
3257 if (h
->forced_local
)
3260 /* Common symbols that become definitions don't get the DEF_REGULAR
3261 flag set, so test it first, and don't bail out. */
3262 if (ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
3264 /* If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
3265 resolve locally. The sym is either undefined or dynamic. */
3266 else if (!h
->def_regular
)
3269 /* Non-dynamic symbols resolve locally. */
3270 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3273 /* At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic. In an
3274 executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
3275 shared libraries. */
3276 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) || SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
))
3279 /* Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries. Ones
3280 with default visibility might not resolve locally. */
3281 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
3284 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3285 if (!is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3288 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3290 /* If extern_protected_data is false, STV_PROTECTED non-function
3291 symbols are local. */
3292 if ((!info
->extern_protected_data
3293 || (info
->extern_protected_data
< 0
3294 && !bed
->extern_protected_data
))
3295 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
3298 /* Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
3299 symbols be treated as dynamic symbols. If the address of a
3300 function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
3301 plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
3302 a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable. */
3303 return local_protected
;
3306 /* Caches some TLS segment info, and ensures that the TLS segment vma is
3307 aligned. Returns the first TLS output section. */
3309 struct bfd_section
*
3310 _bfd_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3312 struct bfd_section
*sec
, *tls
;
3313 unsigned int align
= 0;
3315 for (sec
= obfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3316 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
3320 for (; sec
!= NULL
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0; sec
= sec
->next
)
3321 if (sec
->alignment_power
> align
)
3322 align
= sec
->alignment_power
;
3324 elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
= tls
;
3326 /* Ensure the alignment of the first section is the largest alignment,
3327 so that the tls segment starts aligned. */
3329 tls
->alignment_power
= align
;
3334 /* Return TRUE iff this is a non-common, definition of a non-function symbol. */
3336 is_global_data_symbol_definition (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3337 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
3339 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3341 /* Local symbols do not count, but target specific ones might. */
3342 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
3343 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) < STB_LOOS
)
3346 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3347 /* Function symbols do not count. */
3348 if (bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
)))
3351 /* If the section is undefined, then so is the symbol. */
3352 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
3355 /* If the symbol is defined in the common section, then
3356 it is a common definition and so does not count. */
3357 if (bed
->common_definition (sym
))
3360 /* If the symbol is in a target specific section then we
3361 must rely upon the backend to tell us what it is. */
3362 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= SHN_LORESERVE
&& sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_ABS
)
3363 /* FIXME - this function is not coded yet:
3365 return _bfd_is_global_symbol_definition (abfd, sym);
3367 Instead for now assume that the definition is not global,
3368 Even if this is wrong, at least the linker will behave
3369 in the same way that it used to do. */
3375 /* Search the symbol table of the archive element of the archive ABFD
3376 whose archive map contains a mention of SYMDEF, and determine if
3377 the symbol is defined in this element. */
3379 elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (bfd
* abfd
, carsym
* symdef
)
3381 Elf_Internal_Shdr
* hdr
;
3385 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
3386 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3387 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3390 abfd
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
3394 if (! bfd_check_format (abfd
, bfd_object
))
3397 /* Select the appropriate symbol table. If we don't know if the
3398 object file is an IR object, give linker LTO plugin a chance to
3399 get the correct symbol table. */
3400 if (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_yes
3401 #if BFD_SUPPORTS_PLUGINS
3402 || (abfd
->plugin_format
== bfd_plugin_unknown
3403 && bfd_link_plugin_object_p (abfd
))
3407 /* Use the IR symbol table if the object has been claimed by
3409 abfd
= abfd
->plugin_dummy_bfd
;
3410 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3412 else if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
3413 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3415 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
3417 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
3419 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
3420 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols. */
3421 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
3423 extsymcount
= symcount
;
3428 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
3429 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
3432 if (extsymcount
== 0)
3435 /* Read in the symbol table. */
3436 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
3438 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
3441 /* Scan the symbol table looking for SYMDEF. */
3443 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
3447 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
3452 if (strcmp (name
, symdef
->name
) == 0)
3454 result
= is_global_data_symbol_definition (abfd
, isym
);
3464 /* Add an entry to the .dynamic table. */
3467 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3472 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3474 bfd_size_type newsize
;
3475 bfd_byte
*newcontents
;
3476 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3478 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3479 if (! is_elf_hash_table (hash_table
))
3482 if (tag
== DT_RELA
|| tag
== DT_REL
)
3483 hash_table
->dynamic_relocs
= TRUE
;
3485 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3486 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3487 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3489 newsize
= s
->size
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
3490 newcontents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_realloc (s
->contents
, newsize
);
3491 if (newcontents
== NULL
)
3495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= val
;
3496 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (hash_table
->dynobj
, &dyn
, newcontents
+ s
->size
);
3499 s
->contents
= newcontents
;
3504 /* Add a DT_NEEDED entry for this dynamic object if DO_IT is true,
3505 otherwise just check whether one already exists. Returns -1 on error,
3506 1 if a DT_NEEDED tag already exists, and 0 on success. */
3509 elf_add_dt_needed_tag (bfd
*abfd
,
3510 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3514 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
3517 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynstrtab (abfd
, info
))
3520 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3521 strindex
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (hash_table
->dynstr
, soname
, FALSE
);
3522 if (strindex
== (size_t) -1)
3525 if (_bfd_elf_strtab_refcount (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
) != 1)
3528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3531 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (hash_table
->dynobj
);
3532 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (hash_table
->dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3534 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3535 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3536 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3538 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3540 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (hash_table
->dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3541 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
3542 && dyn
.d_un
.d_val
== strindex
)
3544 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3552 if (!_bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (hash_table
->dynobj
, info
))
3555 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NEEDED
, strindex
))
3559 /* We were just checking for existence of the tag. */
3560 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (hash_table
->dynstr
, strindex
);
3565 /* Return true if SONAME is on the needed list between NEEDED and STOP
3566 (or the end of list if STOP is NULL), and needed by a library that
3570 on_needed_list (const char *soname
,
3571 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*needed
,
3572 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*stop
)
3574 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*look
;
3575 for (look
= needed
; look
!= stop
; look
= look
->next
)
3576 if (strcmp (soname
, look
->name
) == 0
3577 && ((elf_dyn_lib_class (look
->by
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) == 0
3578 /* If needed by a library that itself is not directly
3579 needed, recursively check whether that library is
3580 indirectly needed. Since we add DT_NEEDED entries to
3581 the end of the list, library dependencies appear after
3582 the library. Therefore search prior to the current
3583 LOOK, preventing possible infinite recursion. */
3584 || on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (look
->by
), needed
, look
)))
3590 /* Sort symbol by value, section, size, and type. */
3592 elf_sort_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
3594 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h1
;
3595 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h2
;
3596 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
3601 h1
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg1
;
3602 h2
= *(const struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) arg2
;
3603 vdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.value
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
3605 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3607 sdiff
= h1
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
- h2
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
3611 /* Sort so that sized symbols are selected over zero size symbols. */
3612 vdiff
= h1
->size
- h2
->size
;
3614 return vdiff
> 0 ? 1 : -1;
3616 /* Sort so that STT_OBJECT is selected over STT_NOTYPE. */
3617 if (h1
->type
!= h2
->type
)
3618 return h1
->type
- h2
->type
;
3620 /* If symbols are properly sized and typed, and multiple strong
3621 aliases are not defined in a shared library by the user we
3622 shouldn't get here. Unfortunately linker script symbols like
3623 __bss_start sometimes match a user symbol defined at the start of
3624 .bss without proper size and type. We'd like to preference the
3625 user symbol over reserved system symbols. Sort on leading
3627 n1
= h1
->root
.root
.string
;
3628 n2
= h2
->root
.root
.string
;
3641 /* Final sort on name selects user symbols like '_u' over reserved
3642 system symbols like '_Z' and also will avoid qsort instability. */
3646 /* This function is used to adjust offsets into .dynstr for
3647 dynamic symbols. This is called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
3650 elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3652 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= (struct elf_strtab_hash
*) data
;
3654 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
3655 h
->dynstr_index
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, h
->dynstr_index
);
3659 /* Assign string offsets in .dynstr, update all structures referencing
3663 elf_finalize_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3665 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3666 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*entry
;
3667 struct elf_strtab_hash
*dynstr
= hash_table
->dynstr
;
3668 bfd
*dynobj
= hash_table
->dynobj
;
3671 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3674 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (dynstr
);
3675 size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (dynstr
);
3677 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
3678 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
3679 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
3681 /* Update all .dynamic entries referencing .dynstr strings. */
3682 for (extdyn
= sdyn
->contents
;
3683 extdyn
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
3684 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
3686 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
3688 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
3692 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= size
;
3702 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
3707 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, extdyn
);
3710 /* Now update local dynamic symbols. */
3711 for (entry
= hash_table
->dynlocal
; entry
; entry
= entry
->next
)
3712 entry
->isym
.st_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3713 entry
->isym
.st_name
);
3715 /* And the rest of dynamic symbols. */
3716 elf_link_hash_traverse (hash_table
, elf_adjust_dynstr_offsets
, dynstr
);
3718 /* Adjust version definitions. */
3719 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
3724 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
3725 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
3727 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
3731 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
,
3733 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
3734 if (def
.vd_aux
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
3736 for (i
= 0; i
< def
.vd_cnt
; ++i
)
3738 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (output_bfd
,
3739 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
, &defaux
);
3740 defaux
.vda_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3742 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
,
3743 &defaux
, (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
3744 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
3747 while (def
.vd_next
);
3750 /* Adjust version references. */
3751 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
)
3756 Elf_Internal_Verneed need
;
3757 Elf_Internal_Vernaux needaux
;
3759 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
3763 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (output_bfd
, (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
,
3765 need
.vn_file
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
, need
.vn_file
);
3766 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, &need
,
3767 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
3768 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
3769 for (i
= 0; i
< need
.vn_cnt
; ++i
)
3771 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (output_bfd
,
3772 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
, &needaux
);
3773 needaux
.vna_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (dynstr
,
3775 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
,
3777 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
3778 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
3781 while (need
.vn_next
);
3787 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3788 The default is to only match when the INPUT and OUTPUT are exactly
3792 _bfd_elf_default_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3793 const bfd_target
*output
)
3795 return input
== output
;
3798 /* Return TRUE iff relocations for INPUT are compatible with OUTPUT.
3799 This version is used when different targets for the same architecture
3800 are virtually identical. */
3803 _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible (const bfd_target
*input
,
3804 const bfd_target
*output
)
3806 const struct elf_backend_data
*obed
, *ibed
;
3808 if (input
== output
)
3811 ibed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (input
);
3812 obed
= xvec_get_elf_backend_data (output
);
3814 if (ibed
->arch
!= obed
->arch
)
3817 /* If both backends are using this function, deem them compatible. */
3818 return ibed
->relocs_compatible
== obed
->relocs_compatible
;
3821 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to tell it that
3822 we are about to handle an as-needed lib, or have finished
3823 processing the lib. */
3826 _bfd_elf_notice_as_needed (bfd
*ibfd
,
3827 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3828 enum notice_asneeded_action act
)
3830 return (*info
->callbacks
->notice
) (info
, NULL
, NULL
, ibfd
, NULL
, act
, 0);
3833 /* Check relocations an ELF object file. */
3836 _bfd_elf_link_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3838 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3839 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3841 /* If this object is the same format as the output object, and it is
3842 not a shared library, then let the backend look through the
3845 This is required to build global offset table entries and to
3846 arrange for dynamic relocs. It is not required for the
3847 particular common case of linking non PIC code, even when linking
3848 against shared libraries, but unfortunately there is no way of
3849 knowing whether an object file has been compiled PIC or not.
3850 Looking through the relocs is not particularly time consuming.
3851 The problem is that we must either (1) keep the relocs in memory,
3852 which causes the linker to require additional runtime memory or
3853 (2) read the relocs twice from the input file, which wastes time.
3854 This would be a good case for using mmap.
3856 I have no idea how to handle linking PIC code into a file of a
3857 different format. It probably can't be done. */
3858 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
3859 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3860 && bed
->check_relocs
!= NULL
3861 && elf_object_id (abfd
) == elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
3862 && (*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (abfd
->xvec
, info
->output_bfd
->xvec
))
3866 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
3868 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
3871 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
3872 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
3873 || (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
3874 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
3875 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
|| info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
3876 && (o
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
3877 || bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
3880 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
3882 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
3885 ok
= (*bed
->check_relocs
) (abfd
, info
, o
, internal_relocs
);
3887 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
3888 free (internal_relocs
);
3898 /* Add symbols from an ELF object file to the linker hash table. */
3901 elf_link_add_object_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3903 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
3904 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3908 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hash
;
3909 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
3910 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
= NULL
;
3911 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym_end
= NULL
;
3912 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
3913 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*weaks
;
3914 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
3915 size_t nondeflt_vers_cnt
= 0;
3916 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
3917 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3918 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
3919 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3920 bfd_boolean add_needed
;
3921 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3923 void *alloc_mark
= NULL
;
3924 struct bfd_hash_entry
**old_table
= NULL
;
3925 unsigned int old_size
= 0;
3926 unsigned int old_count
= 0;
3927 void *old_tab
= NULL
;
3929 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs
= NULL
;
3930 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*old_undefs_tail
= NULL
;
3931 void *old_strtab
= NULL
;
3934 bfd_boolean just_syms
;
3936 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
3937 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3939 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
3945 /* You can't use -r against a dynamic object. Also, there's no
3946 hope of using a dynamic object which does not exactly match
3947 the format of the output file. */
3948 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
3949 || !is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
3950 || info
->output_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
3952 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
3953 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
3955 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
3960 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
3961 if (info
->warn_alternate_em
3962 && bed
->elf_machine_code
!= ehdr
->e_machine
3963 && ((bed
->elf_machine_alt1
!= 0
3964 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt1
)
3965 || (bed
->elf_machine_alt2
!= 0
3966 && ehdr
->e_machine
== bed
->elf_machine_alt2
)))
3968 /* xgettext:c-format */
3969 (_("alternate ELF machine code found (%d) in %pB, expecting %d"),
3970 ehdr
->e_machine
, abfd
, bed
->elf_machine_code
);
3972 /* As a GNU extension, any input sections which are named
3973 .gnu.warning.SYMBOL are treated as warning symbols for the given
3974 symbol. This differs from .gnu.warning sections, which generate
3975 warnings when they are included in an output file. */
3976 /* PR 12761: Also generate this warning when building shared libraries. */
3977 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3981 name
= bfd_section_name (s
);
3982 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.warning."))
3987 name
+= sizeof ".gnu.warning." - 1;
3989 /* If this is a shared object, then look up the symbol
3990 in the hash table. If it is there, and it is already
3991 been defined, then we will not be using the entry
3992 from this shared object, so we don't need to warn.
3993 FIXME: If we see the definition in a regular object
3994 later on, we will warn, but we shouldn't. The only
3995 fix is to keep track of what warnings we are supposed
3996 to emit, and then handle them all at the end of the
4000 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4002 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4004 /* FIXME: What about bfd_link_hash_common? */
4006 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4007 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4012 msg
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sz
+ 1);
4016 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, s
, msg
, 0, sz
))
4021 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4022 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_WARNING
, s
, 0, msg
,
4023 FALSE
, bed
->collect
, NULL
)))
4026 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
4028 /* Clobber the section size so that the warning does
4029 not get copied into the output file. */
4032 /* Also set SEC_EXCLUDE, so that symbols defined in
4033 the warning section don't get copied to the output. */
4034 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
4039 just_syms
= ((s
= abfd
->sections
) != NULL
4040 && s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
);
4045 /* If we are creating a shared library, create all the dynamic
4046 sections immediately. We need to attach them to something,
4047 so we attach them to this BFD, provided it is the right
4048 format and is not from ld --just-symbols. Always create the
4049 dynamic sections for -E/--dynamic-list. FIXME: If there
4050 are no input BFD's of the same format as the output, we can't
4051 make a shared library. */
4053 && (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4054 || (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4056 && (info
->export_dynamic
|| info
->dynamic
)))
4057 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4058 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
4059 && !htab
->dynamic_sections_created
)
4061 if (! _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
4065 else if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4069 const char *soname
= NULL
;
4071 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*rpath
= NULL
, *runpath
= NULL
;
4072 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
4075 /* ld --just-symbols and dynamic objects don't mix very well.
4076 ld shouldn't allow it. */
4080 /* If this dynamic lib was specified on the command line with
4081 --as-needed in effect, then we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED
4082 tag unless the lib is actually used. Similary for libs brought
4083 in by another lib's DT_NEEDED. When --no-add-needed is used
4084 on a dynamic lib, we don't want to add a DT_NEEDED entry for
4085 any dynamic library in DT_NEEDED tags in the dynamic lib at
4087 add_needed
= (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
)
4088 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
4089 | DYN_NO_NEEDED
)) == 0;
4091 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
4096 unsigned int elfsec
;
4097 unsigned long shlink
;
4099 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
4106 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
4107 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
4108 goto error_free_dyn
;
4109 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
4111 for (extdyn
= dynbuf
;
4112 extdyn
<= dynbuf
+ s
->size
- bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
4113 extdyn
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
4115 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
4117 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
4118 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_SONAME
)
4120 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4121 soname
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4123 goto error_free_dyn
;
4125 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
4127 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4129 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4131 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4132 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4133 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4134 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4135 goto error_free_dyn
;
4136 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4137 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4139 goto error_free_dyn
;
4140 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4144 for (pn
= &htab
->needed
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4148 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RUNPATH
)
4150 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4152 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4154 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4155 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4156 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4157 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4158 goto error_free_dyn
;
4159 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4160 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4162 goto error_free_dyn
;
4163 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4167 for (pn
= & runpath
;
4173 /* Ignore DT_RPATH if we have seen DT_RUNPATH. */
4174 if (!runpath
&& dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RPATH
)
4176 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*n
, **pn
;
4178 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4180 amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_link_needed_list
);
4181 n
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4182 fnm
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4183 if (n
== NULL
|| fnm
== NULL
)
4184 goto error_free_dyn
;
4185 amt
= strlen (fnm
) + 1;
4186 anm
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
4188 goto error_free_dyn
;
4189 memcpy (anm
, fnm
, amt
);
4199 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_AUDIT
)
4201 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
4202 audit
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
4209 /* DT_RUNPATH overrides DT_RPATH. Do _NOT_ bfd_release, as that
4210 frees all more recently bfd_alloc'd blocks as well. */
4216 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pn
;
4217 for (pn
= &htab
->runpath
; *pn
!= NULL
; pn
= &(*pn
)->next
)
4222 /* If we have a PT_GNU_RELRO program header, mark as read-only
4223 all sections contained fully therein. This makes relro
4224 shared library sections appear as they will at run-time. */
4225 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
+ elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
4226 while (phdr
-- > elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
)
4227 if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
4229 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4230 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
4231 && s
->vma
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
4232 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
)
4233 s
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
4237 /* We do not want to include any of the sections in a dynamic
4238 object in the output file. We hack by simply clobbering the
4239 list of sections in the BFD. This could be handled more
4240 cleanly by, say, a new section flag; the existing
4241 SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag is not the one we want, because that one
4242 still implies that the section takes up space in the output
4244 bfd_section_list_clear (abfd
);
4246 /* Find the name to use in a DT_NEEDED entry that refers to this
4247 object. If the object has a DT_SONAME entry, we use it.
4248 Otherwise, if the generic linker stuck something in
4249 elf_dt_name, we use that. Otherwise, we just use the file
4251 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4253 soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
4254 if (soname
== NULL
|| *soname
== '\0')
4255 soname
= bfd_get_filename (abfd
);
4258 /* Save the SONAME because sometimes the linker emulation code
4259 will need to know it. */
4260 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = soname
;
4262 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
4266 /* If we have already included this dynamic object in the
4267 link, just ignore it. There is no reason to include a
4268 particular dynamic object more than once. */
4272 /* Save the DT_AUDIT entry for the linker emulation code. */
4273 elf_dt_audit (abfd
) = audit
;
4276 /* If this is a dynamic object, we always link against the .dynsym
4277 symbol table, not the .symtab symbol table. The dynamic linker
4278 will only see the .dynsym symbol table, so there is no reason to
4279 look at .symtab for a dynamic object. */
4281 if (! dynamic
|| elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
4282 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4284 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
4286 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
4288 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
4289 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
4291 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4293 extsymcount
= symcount
;
4298 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
4299 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
4302 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
4303 if (extsymcount
!= 0)
4305 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
4307 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
4310 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4312 /* We store a pointer to the hash table entry for each
4315 amt
*= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
4316 sym_hash
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4317 if (sym_hash
== NULL
)
4318 goto error_free_sym
;
4319 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) = sym_hash
;
4325 /* Read in any version definitions. */
4326 if (!_bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
,
4327 info
->default_imported_symver
))
4328 goto error_free_sym
;
4330 /* Read in the symbol versions, but don't bother to convert them
4331 to internal format. */
4332 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0)
4334 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
4336 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
;
4337 amt
= versymhdr
->sh_size
;
4338 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
4339 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4340 goto error_free_sym
;
4341 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
4342 || bfd_bread (extversym
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
4343 goto error_free_vers
;
4344 extversym_end
= extversym
+ (amt
/ sizeof (* extversym
));
4348 /* If we are loading an as-needed shared lib, save the symbol table
4349 state before we start adding symbols. If the lib turns out
4350 to be unneeded, restore the state. */
4351 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
4356 for (entsize
= 0, i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4358 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4359 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4361 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4363 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4364 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4365 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4366 entsize
+= htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4370 tabsize
= htab
->root
.table
.size
* sizeof (struct bfd_hash_entry
*);
4371 old_tab
= bfd_malloc (tabsize
+ entsize
);
4372 if (old_tab
== NULL
)
4373 goto error_free_vers
;
4375 /* Remember the current objalloc pointer, so that all mem for
4376 symbols added can later be reclaimed. */
4377 alloc_mark
= bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, 1);
4378 if (alloc_mark
== NULL
)
4379 goto error_free_vers
;
4381 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
4382 tell it that we are about to handle an as-needed lib. */
4383 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_as_needed
))
4384 goto error_free_vers
;
4386 /* Clone the symbol table. Remember some pointers into the
4387 symbol table, and dynamic symbol count. */
4388 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
4389 memcpy (old_tab
, htab
->root
.table
.table
, tabsize
);
4390 old_undefs
= htab
->root
.undefs
;
4391 old_undefs_tail
= htab
->root
.undefs_tail
;
4392 old_table
= htab
->root
.table
.table
;
4393 old_size
= htab
->root
.table
.size
;
4394 old_count
= htab
->root
.table
.count
;
4395 old_strtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_save (htab
->dynstr
);
4396 if (old_strtab
== NULL
)
4397 goto error_free_vers
;
4399 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
4401 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
4402 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4404 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4406 memcpy (old_ent
, p
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4407 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4408 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
4409 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4411 memcpy (old_ent
, h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
4412 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
4419 if (extversym
== NULL
)
4421 else if (extversym
+ extsymoff
< extversym_end
)
4422 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
4425 /* xgettext:c-format */
4426 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: invalid version offset %lx (max %lx)"),
4427 abfd
, (long) extsymoff
,
4428 (long) (extversym_end
- extversym
) / sizeof (* extversym
));
4429 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4430 goto error_free_vers
;
4433 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
4434 && abfd
->lto_slim_object
)
4437 (_("%pB: plugin needed to handle lto object"), abfd
);
4440 for (isym
= isymbuf
, isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
4442 isym
++, sym_hash
++, ever
= (ever
!= NULL
? ever
+ 1 : NULL
))
4446 asection
*sec
, *new_sec
;
4449 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
;
4451 bfd_boolean definition
;
4452 bfd_boolean size_change_ok
;
4453 bfd_boolean type_change_ok
;
4454 bfd_boolean new_weak
;
4455 bfd_boolean old_weak
;
4456 bfd_boolean override
;
4458 bfd_boolean discarded
;
4459 unsigned int old_alignment
;
4460 unsigned int shindex
;
4462 bfd_boolean matched
;
4466 flags
= BSF_NO_FLAGS
;
4468 value
= isym
->st_value
;
4469 common
= bed
->common_definition (isym
);
4470 if (common
&& info
->inhibit_common_definition
)
4472 /* Treat common symbol as undefined for --no-define-common. */
4473 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4478 bind
= ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
);
4482 /* This should be impossible, since ELF requires that all
4483 global symbols follow all local symbols, and that sh_info
4484 point to the first global symbol. Unfortunately, Irix 5
4486 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
4489 /* If we aren't prepared to handle locals within the globals
4490 then we'll likely segfault on a NULL symbol hash if the
4491 symbol is ever referenced in relocations. */
4492 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
4493 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, hdr
->sh_name
);
4494 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s local symbol at index %lu"
4495 " (>= sh_info of %lu)"),
4496 abfd
, name
, (long) (isym
- isymbuf
+ extsymoff
),
4499 /* Dynamic object relocations are not processed by ld, so
4500 ld won't run into the problem mentioned above. */
4503 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4504 goto error_free_vers
;
4507 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& !common
)
4515 case STB_GNU_UNIQUE
:
4516 flags
= BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
;
4520 /* Leave it up to the processor backend. */
4524 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
4525 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4526 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
4527 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4528 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
4530 sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
4531 /* What ELF calls the size we call the value. What ELF
4532 calls the value we call the alignment. */
4533 value
= isym
->st_size
;
4537 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4539 sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4540 else if (discarded_section (sec
))
4542 /* Symbols from discarded section are undefined. We keep
4544 sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
4546 isym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
4548 else if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) != 0)
4552 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
4555 goto error_free_vers
;
4557 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4558 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4560 asection
*xc
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, "COMMON");
4564 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_KEEP
4566 xc
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, "COMMON", sflags
);
4568 goto error_free_vers
;
4572 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
4573 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4574 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
4576 asection
*tcomm
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".tcommon");
4580 flagword sflags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_IS_COMMON
4581 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4582 tcomm
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, ".tcommon", sflags
);
4584 goto error_free_vers
;
4588 else if (bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
)
4590 if (! (*bed
->elf_add_symbol_hook
) (abfd
, info
, isym
, &name
, &flags
,
4592 goto error_free_vers
;
4594 /* The hook function sets the name to NULL if this symbol
4595 should be skipped for some reason. */
4600 /* Sanity check that all possibilities were handled. */
4604 /* Silently discard TLS symbols from --just-syms. There's
4605 no way to combine a static TLS block with a new TLS block
4606 for this executable. */
4607 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
4608 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
4611 if (bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4612 || bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4617 size_change_ok
= FALSE
;
4618 type_change_ok
= bed
->type_change_ok
;
4625 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4627 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
4628 unsigned int vernum
= 0;
4633 if (info
->default_imported_symver
)
4634 /* Use the default symbol version created earlier. */
4635 iver
.vs_vers
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
4639 else if (ever
>= extversym_end
)
4641 /* xgettext:c-format */
4642 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: not enough version information"),
4644 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4645 goto error_free_vers
;
4648 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (abfd
, ever
, &iver
);
4650 vernum
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
4652 /* If this is a hidden symbol, or if it is not version
4653 1, we append the version name to the symbol name.
4654 However, we do not modify a non-hidden absolute symbol
4655 if it is not a function, because it might be the version
4656 symbol itself. FIXME: What if it isn't? */
4657 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) != 0
4659 && (!bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
4660 || bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
)))))
4663 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
4666 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4668 if (vernum
> elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
4670 else if (vernum
> 1)
4672 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
4679 /* xgettext:c-format */
4680 (_("%pB: %s: invalid version %u (max %d)"),
4682 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
4683 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4684 goto error_free_vers
;
4689 /* We cannot simply test for the number of
4690 entries in the VERNEED section since the
4691 numbers for the needed versions do not start
4693 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
4696 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
4700 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
4702 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
4704 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
4706 verstr
= a
->vna_nodename
;
4716 /* xgettext:c-format */
4717 (_("%pB: %s: invalid needed version %d"),
4718 abfd
, name
, vernum
);
4719 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4720 goto error_free_vers
;
4724 namelen
= strlen (name
);
4725 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
4726 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 2;
4727 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4728 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4731 newname
= (char *) bfd_hash_allocate (&htab
->root
.table
, newlen
);
4732 if (newname
== NULL
)
4733 goto error_free_vers
;
4734 memcpy (newname
, name
, namelen
);
4735 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
4737 /* If this is a defined non-hidden version symbol,
4738 we add another @ to the name. This indicates the
4739 default version of the symbol. */
4740 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
4741 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
4743 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
4748 /* If this symbol has default visibility and the user has
4749 requested we not re-export it, then mark it as hidden. */
4750 if (!bfd_is_und_section (sec
)
4753 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (isym
->st_other
) != STV_INTERNAL
)
4754 isym
->st_other
= (STV_HIDDEN
4755 | (isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)));
4757 if (!_bfd_elf_merge_symbol (abfd
, info
, name
, isym
, &sec
, &value
,
4758 sym_hash
, &old_bfd
, &old_weak
,
4759 &old_alignment
, &skip
, &override
,
4760 &type_change_ok
, &size_change_ok
,
4762 goto error_free_vers
;
4767 /* Override a definition only if the new symbol matches the
4769 if (override
&& matched
)
4773 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4774 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4775 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4777 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
!= NULL
4780 h
->verinfo
.verdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1];
4783 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4784 (info
, abfd
, name
, flags
, sec
, value
, NULL
, FALSE
, bed
->collect
,
4785 (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
**) sym_hash
)))
4786 goto error_free_vers
;
4789 /* We need to make sure that indirect symbol dynamic flags are
4792 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4793 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4794 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4796 /* Setting the index to -3 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
4797 this symbol is defined in a discarded section. */
4803 new_weak
= (flags
& BSF_WEAK
) != 0;
4807 && !bed
->is_function_type (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
))
4808 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
4809 && h
->u
.alias
== NULL
)
4811 /* Keep a list of all weak defined non function symbols from
4812 a dynamic object, using the alias field. Later in this
4813 function we will set the alias field to the correct
4814 value. We only put non-function symbols from dynamic
4815 objects on this list, because that happens to be the only
4816 time we need to know the normal symbol corresponding to a
4817 weak symbol, and the information is time consuming to
4818 figure out. If the alias field is not already NULL,
4819 then this symbol was already defined by some previous
4820 dynamic object, and we will be using that previous
4821 definition anyhow. */
4827 /* Set the alignment of a common symbol. */
4828 if ((common
|| bfd_is_com_section (sec
))
4829 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
4834 align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4837 /* The new symbol is a common symbol in a shared object.
4838 We need to get the alignment from the section. */
4839 align
= new_sec
->alignment_power
;
4841 if (align
> old_alignment
)
4842 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= align
;
4844 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= old_alignment
;
4847 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
4849 /* Set a flag in the hash table entry indicating the type of
4850 reference or definition we just found. A dynamic symbol
4851 is one which is referenced or defined by both a regular
4852 object and a shared object. */
4853 bfd_boolean dynsym
= FALSE
;
4855 /* Plugin symbols aren't normal. Don't set def_regular or
4856 ref_regular for them, or make them dynamic. */
4857 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
4864 if (bind
!= STB_WEAK
)
4865 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4877 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4878 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4879 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4880 && (bfd_link_dll (info
)
4890 hi
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
4895 hi
->def_dynamic
= 1;
4898 /* If the indirect symbol has been forced local, don't
4899 make the real symbol dynamic. */
4900 if ((h
== hi
|| !hi
->forced_local
)
4904 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
!= -1)))
4908 /* Check to see if we need to add an indirect symbol for
4909 the default name. */
4911 || (!override
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4912 if (!_bfd_elf_add_default_symbol (abfd
, info
, h
, name
, isym
,
4913 sec
, value
, &old_bfd
, &dynsym
))
4914 goto error_free_vers
;
4916 /* Check the alignment when a common symbol is involved. This
4917 can change when a common symbol is overridden by a normal
4918 definition or a common symbol is ignored due to the old
4919 normal definition. We need to make sure the maximum
4920 alignment is maintained. */
4921 if ((old_alignment
|| common
)
4922 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_common
)
4924 unsigned int common_align
;
4925 unsigned int normal_align
;
4926 unsigned int symbol_align
;
4930 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4931 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
4933 symbol_align
= ffs (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
) - 1;
4934 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
4935 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
4936 & (DYNAMIC
| BFD_PLUGIN
)) == 0)
4938 normal_align
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->alignment_power
;
4939 if (normal_align
> symbol_align
)
4940 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4943 normal_align
= symbol_align
;
4947 common_align
= old_alignment
;
4948 common_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4953 common_align
= bfd_log2 (isym
->st_value
);
4955 normal_bfd
= old_bfd
;
4958 if (normal_align
< common_align
)
4960 /* PR binutils/2735 */
4961 if (normal_bfd
== NULL
)
4963 /* xgettext:c-format */
4964 (_("warning: alignment %u of common symbol `%s' in %pB is"
4965 " greater than the alignment (%u) of its section %pA"),
4966 1 << common_align
, name
, common_bfd
,
4967 1 << normal_align
, h
->root
.u
.def
.section
);
4970 /* xgettext:c-format */
4971 (_("warning: alignment %u of symbol `%s' in %pB"
4972 " is smaller than %u in %pB"),
4973 1 << normal_align
, name
, normal_bfd
,
4974 1 << common_align
, common_bfd
);
4978 /* Remember the symbol size if it isn't undefined. */
4979 if (isym
->st_size
!= 0
4980 && isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
4981 && (definition
|| h
->size
== 0))
4984 && h
->size
!= isym
->st_size
4985 && ! size_change_ok
)
4987 /* xgettext:c-format */
4988 (_("warning: size of symbol `%s' changed"
4989 " from %" PRIu64
" in %pB to %" PRIu64
" in %pB"),
4990 name
, (uint64_t) h
->size
, old_bfd
,
4991 (uint64_t) isym
->st_size
, abfd
);
4993 h
->size
= isym
->st_size
;
4996 /* If this is a common symbol, then we always want H->SIZE
4997 to be the size of the common symbol. The code just above
4998 won't fix the size if a common symbol becomes larger. We
4999 don't warn about a size change here, because that is
5000 covered by --warn-common. Allow changes between different
5002 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5003 h
->size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5005 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_NOTYPE
5006 && ((definition
&& !new_weak
)
5007 || (old_weak
&& h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5008 || h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
))
5010 unsigned int type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
5012 /* Turn an IFUNC symbol from a DSO into a normal FUNC
5014 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5015 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5018 if (h
->type
!= type
)
5020 if (h
->type
!= STT_NOTYPE
&& ! type_change_ok
)
5021 /* xgettext:c-format */
5023 (_("warning: type of symbol `%s' changed"
5024 " from %d to %d in %pB"),
5025 name
, h
->type
, type
, abfd
);
5031 /* Merge st_other field. */
5032 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, h
, isym
, sec
, definition
, dynamic
);
5034 /* We don't want to make debug symbol dynamic. */
5036 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
5037 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
5040 /* Nor should we make plugin symbols dynamic. */
5041 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
5046 h
->target_internal
= isym
->st_target_internal
;
5047 h
->unique_global
= (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
) != 0;
5050 if (definition
&& !dynamic
)
5052 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5053 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5055 /* Queue non-default versions so that .symver x, x@FOO
5056 aliases can be checked. */
5059 amt
= ((isymend
- isym
+ 1)
5060 * sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5062 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
5064 goto error_free_vers
;
5066 nondeflt_vers
[nondeflt_vers_cnt
++] = h
;
5070 if (dynsym
&& h
->dynindx
== -1)
5072 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5073 goto error_free_vers
;
5075 && weakdef (h
)->dynindx
== -1)
5077 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, weakdef (h
)))
5078 goto error_free_vers
;
5081 else if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
5082 /* If the symbol already has a dynamic index, but
5083 visibility says it should not be visible, turn it into
5085 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
5089 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
5094 /* Don't add DT_NEEDED for references from the dummy bfd nor
5095 for unmatched symbol. */
5100 && h
->ref_regular_nonweak
5102 || (old_bfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0))
5103 || (h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
5104 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0
5105 && !on_needed_list (elf_dt_name (abfd
),
5106 htab
->needed
, NULL
))))
5109 const char *soname
= elf_dt_name (abfd
);
5111 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%!", soname
, old_bfd
,
5112 h
->root
.root
.string
);
5114 /* A symbol from a library loaded via DT_NEEDED of some
5115 other library is referenced by a regular object.
5116 Add a DT_NEEDED entry for it. Issue an error if
5117 --no-add-needed is used and the reference was not
5120 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_NO_NEEDED
) != 0)
5123 /* xgettext:c-format */
5124 (_("%pB: undefined reference to symbol '%s'"),
5126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_missing_dso
);
5127 goto error_free_vers
;
5130 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = (enum dynamic_lib_link_class
)
5131 (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & ~DYN_AS_NEEDED
);
5134 ret
= elf_add_dt_needed_tag (abfd
, info
, soname
, add_needed
);
5136 goto error_free_vers
;
5138 BFD_ASSERT (ret
== 0);
5143 if (info
->lto_plugin_active
5144 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
5145 && (abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) == 0
5151 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
5156 /* If linker plugin is enabled, set non_ir_ref_regular on symbols
5157 referenced in regular objects so that linker plugin will get
5158 the correct symbol resolution. */
5160 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5161 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5163 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
5164 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
5166 /* Don't check relocations in excluded sections. */
5167 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
5168 || s
->reloc_count
== 0
5169 || (s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0
5170 || ((info
->strip
== strip_all
5171 || info
->strip
== strip_debugger
)
5172 && (s
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0))
5175 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, s
, NULL
,
5178 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
5179 goto error_free_vers
;
5181 rel
= internal_relocs
;
5182 relend
= rel
+ s
->reloc_count
;
5183 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
5185 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
5186 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5188 /* Skip local symbols. */
5189 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
5192 h
= sym_hash
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
5194 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
= 1;
5197 if (elf_section_data (s
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
5198 free (internal_relocs
);
5202 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5208 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5214 if ((elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_AS_NEEDED
) != 0)
5218 /* Restore the symbol table. */
5219 old_ent
= (char *) old_tab
+ tabsize
;
5220 memset (elf_sym_hashes (abfd
), 0,
5221 extsymcount
* sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*));
5222 htab
->root
.table
.table
= old_table
;
5223 htab
->root
.table
.size
= old_size
;
5224 htab
->root
.table
.count
= old_count
;
5225 memcpy (htab
->root
.table
.table
, old_tab
, tabsize
);
5226 htab
->root
.undefs
= old_undefs
;
5227 htab
->root
.undefs_tail
= old_undefs_tail
;
5228 _bfd_elf_strtab_restore (htab
->dynstr
, old_strtab
);
5231 for (i
= 0; i
< htab
->root
.table
.size
; i
++)
5233 struct bfd_hash_entry
*p
;
5234 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5236 unsigned int alignment_power
;
5237 unsigned int non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5239 for (p
= htab
->root
.table
.table
[i
]; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5241 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5242 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5243 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5245 /* Preserve the maximum alignment and size for common
5246 symbols even if this dynamic lib isn't on DT_NEEDED
5247 since it can still be loaded at run time by another
5249 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5251 size
= h
->root
.u
.c
.size
;
5252 alignment_power
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
5257 alignment_power
= 0;
5259 /* Preserve non_ir_ref_dynamic so that this symbol
5260 will be exported when the dynamic lib becomes needed
5261 in the second pass. */
5262 non_ir_ref_dynamic
= h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5263 memcpy (p
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5264 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5265 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) p
;
5266 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5268 memcpy (h
->root
.u
.i
.link
, old_ent
, htab
->root
.table
.entsize
);
5269 old_ent
= (char *) old_ent
+ htab
->root
.table
.entsize
;
5270 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
5272 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5274 if (size
> h
->root
.u
.c
.size
)
5275 h
->root
.u
.c
.size
= size
;
5276 if (alignment_power
> h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
)
5277 h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
= alignment_power
;
5279 h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
= non_ir_ref_dynamic
;
5283 /* Make a special call to the linker "notice" function to
5284 tell it that symbols added for crefs may need to be removed. */
5285 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_not_needed
))
5286 goto error_free_vers
;
5289 objalloc_free_block ((struct objalloc
*) htab
->root
.table
.memory
,
5291 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5292 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5296 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5298 if (!(*bed
->notice_as_needed
) (abfd
, info
, notice_needed
))
5299 goto error_free_vers
;
5304 /* Now that all the symbols from this input file are created, if
5305 not performing a relocatable link, handle .symver foo, foo@BAR
5306 such that any relocs against foo become foo@BAR. */
5307 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5311 for (cnt
= 0; cnt
< nondeflt_vers_cnt
; ++cnt
)
5313 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= nondeflt_vers
[cnt
], *hi
;
5314 char *shortname
, *p
;
5316 p
= strchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5318 || (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5319 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
5322 amt
= p
- h
->root
.root
.string
;
5323 shortname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (amt
+ 1);
5325 goto error_free_vers
;
5326 memcpy (shortname
, h
->root
.root
.string
, amt
);
5327 shortname
[amt
] = '\0';
5329 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5330 bfd_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->root
, shortname
,
5331 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5333 && hi
->root
.type
== h
->root
.type
5334 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.value
== h
->root
.u
.def
.value
5335 && hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
== h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
5337 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, hi
, TRUE
);
5338 hi
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
5339 hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5340 (*bed
->elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol
) (info
, h
, hi
);
5341 sym_hash
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5343 for (symidx
= 0; symidx
< extsymcount
; ++symidx
)
5344 if (sym_hash
[symidx
] == hi
)
5346 sym_hash
[symidx
] = h
;
5352 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5353 nondeflt_vers
= NULL
;
5356 /* Now set the alias field correctly for all the weak defined
5357 symbols we found. The only way to do this is to search all the
5358 symbols. Since we only need the information for non functions in
5359 dynamic objects, that's the only time we actually put anything on
5360 the list WEAKS. We need this information so that if a regular
5361 object refers to a symbol defined weakly in a dynamic object, the
5362 real symbol in the dynamic object is also put in the dynamic
5363 symbols; we also must arrange for both symbols to point to the
5364 same memory location. We could handle the general case of symbol
5365 aliasing, but a general symbol alias can only be generated in
5366 assembler code, handling it correctly would be very time
5367 consuming, and other ELF linkers don't handle general aliasing
5371 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hpp
;
5372 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hppend
;
5373 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sorted_sym_hash
;
5374 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5377 /* Since we have to search the whole symbol list for each weak
5378 defined symbol, search time for N weak defined symbols will be
5379 O(N^2). Binary search will cut it down to O(NlogN). */
5381 amt
*= sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
);
5382 sorted_sym_hash
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
5383 if (sorted_sym_hash
== NULL
)
5385 sym_hash
= sorted_sym_hash
;
5386 hpp
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
5387 hppend
= hpp
+ extsymcount
;
5389 for (; hpp
< hppend
; hpp
++)
5393 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5394 && !bed
->is_function_type (h
->type
))
5402 qsort (sorted_sym_hash
, sym_count
, sizeof (*sorted_sym_hash
),
5405 while (weaks
!= NULL
)
5407 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hlook
;
5410 size_t i
, j
, idx
= 0;
5413 weaks
= hlook
->u
.alias
;
5414 hlook
->u
.alias
= NULL
;
5416 if (hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
5417 && hlook
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5420 slook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5421 vlook
= hlook
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5427 bfd_signed_vma vdiff
;
5429 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5430 vdiff
= vlook
- h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5437 int sdiff
= slook
->id
- h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->id
;
5447 /* We didn't find a value/section match. */
5451 /* With multiple aliases, or when the weak symbol is already
5452 strongly defined, we have multiple matching symbols and
5453 the binary search above may land on any of them. Step
5454 one past the matching symbol(s). */
5457 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5458 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5459 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5463 /* Now look back over the aliases. Since we sorted by size
5464 as well as value and section, we'll choose the one with
5465 the largest size. */
5468 h
= sorted_sym_hash
[idx
];
5470 /* Stop if value or section doesn't match. */
5471 if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= slook
5472 || h
->root
.u
.def
.value
!= vlook
)
5474 else if (h
!= hlook
)
5476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*t
;
5479 hlook
->is_weakalias
= 1;
5481 if (t
->u
.alias
!= NULL
)
5482 while (t
->u
.alias
!= h
)
5486 /* If the weak definition is in the list of dynamic
5487 symbols, make sure the real definition is put
5489 if (hlook
->dynindx
!= -1 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
5491 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5494 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5499 /* If the real definition is in the list of dynamic
5500 symbols, make sure the weak definition is put
5501 there as well. If we don't do this, then the
5502 dynamic loader might not merge the entries for the
5503 real definition and the weak definition. */
5504 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hlook
->dynindx
== -1)
5506 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, hlook
))
5507 goto err_free_sym_hash
;
5514 free (sorted_sym_hash
);
5517 if (bed
->check_directives
5518 && !(*bed
->check_directives
) (abfd
, info
))
5521 /* If this is a non-traditional link, try to optimize the handling
5522 of the .stab/.stabstr sections. */
5524 && ! info
->traditional_format
5525 && is_elf_hash_table (htab
)
5526 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
&& info
->strip
!= strip_debugger
))
5530 stabstr
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".stabstr");
5531 if (stabstr
!= NULL
)
5533 bfd_size_type string_offset
= 0;
5536 for (stab
= abfd
->sections
; stab
; stab
= stab
->next
)
5537 if (CONST_STRNEQ (stab
->name
, ".stab")
5538 && (!stab
->name
[5] ||
5539 (stab
->name
[5] == '.' && ISDIGIT (stab
->name
[6])))
5540 && (stab
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) == 0
5541 && !bfd_is_abs_section (stab
->output_section
))
5543 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
5545 secdata
= elf_section_data (stab
);
5546 if (! _bfd_link_section_stabs (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
, stab
,
5547 stabstr
, &secdata
->sec_info
,
5550 if (secdata
->sec_info
)
5551 stab
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
;
5556 if (is_elf_hash_table (htab
) && add_needed
)
5558 /* Add this bfd to the loaded list. */
5559 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*n
;
5561 n
= (struct elf_link_loaded_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*n
));
5565 n
->next
= htab
->loaded
;
5572 if (old_tab
!= NULL
)
5574 if (old_strtab
!= NULL
)
5576 if (nondeflt_vers
!= NULL
)
5577 free (nondeflt_vers
);
5578 if (extversym
!= NULL
)
5581 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
)
5587 /* Return the linker hash table entry of a symbol that might be
5588 satisfied by an archive symbol. Return -1 on error. */
5590 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*
5591 _bfd_elf_archive_symbol_lookup (bfd
*abfd
,
5592 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5595 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5599 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5603 /* If this is a default version (the name contains @@), look up the
5604 symbol again with only one `@' as well as without the version.
5605 The effect is that references to the symbol with and without the
5606 version will be matched by the default symbol in the archive. */
5608 p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5609 if (p
== NULL
|| p
[1] != ELF_VER_CHR
)
5612 /* First check with only one `@'. */
5613 len
= strlen (name
);
5614 copy
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
5616 return (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
5618 first
= p
- name
+ 1;
5619 memcpy (copy
, name
, first
);
5620 memcpy (copy
+ first
, name
+ first
+ 1, len
- first
);
5622 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5625 /* We also need to check references to the symbol without the
5627 copy
[first
- 1] = '\0';
5628 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), copy
,
5629 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
5632 bfd_release (abfd
, copy
);
5636 /* Add symbols from an ELF archive file to the linker hash table. We
5637 don't use _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols because we need to
5638 handle versioned symbols.
5640 Fortunately, ELF archive handling is simpler than that done by
5641 _bfd_generic_link_add_archive_symbols, which has to allow for a.out
5642 oddities. In ELF, if we find a symbol in the archive map, and the
5643 symbol is currently undefined, we know that we must pull in that
5646 Unfortunately, we do have to make multiple passes over the symbol
5647 table until nothing further is resolved. */
5650 elf_link_add_archive_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5653 unsigned char *included
= NULL
;
5657 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5658 struct elf_link_hash_entry
* (*archive_symbol_lookup
)
5659 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *);
5661 if (! bfd_has_map (abfd
))
5663 /* An empty archive is a special case. */
5664 if (bfd_openr_next_archived_file (abfd
, NULL
) == NULL
)
5666 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_armap
);
5670 /* Keep track of all symbols we know to be already defined, and all
5671 files we know to be already included. This is to speed up the
5672 second and subsequent passes. */
5673 c
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdef_count
;
5677 amt
*= sizeof (*included
);
5678 included
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
5679 if (included
== NULL
)
5682 symdefs
= bfd_ardata (abfd
)->symdefs
;
5683 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5684 archive_symbol_lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_archive_symbol_lookup
;
5697 symdefend
= symdef
+ c
;
5698 for (i
= 0; symdef
< symdefend
; symdef
++, i
++)
5700 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5702 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*undefs_tail
;
5707 if (symdef
->file_offset
== last
)
5713 h
= archive_symbol_lookup (abfd
, info
, symdef
->name
);
5714 if (h
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
5720 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
5722 /* We currently have a common symbol. The archive map contains
5723 a reference to this symbol, so we may want to include it. We
5724 only want to include it however, if this archive element
5725 contains a definition of the symbol, not just another common
5728 Unfortunately some archivers (including GNU ar) will put
5729 declarations of common symbols into their archive maps, as
5730 well as real definitions, so we cannot just go by the archive
5731 map alone. Instead we must read in the element's symbol
5732 table and check that to see what kind of symbol definition
5734 if (! elf_link_is_defined_archive_symbol (abfd
, symdef
))
5737 else if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5739 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5740 /* Symbol must be defined. Don't check it again. */
5745 /* We need to include this archive member. */
5746 element
= _bfd_get_elt_at_filepos (abfd
, symdef
->file_offset
);
5747 if (element
== NULL
)
5750 if (! bfd_check_format (element
, bfd_object
))
5753 undefs_tail
= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
;
5755 if (!(*info
->callbacks
5756 ->add_archive_element
) (info
, element
, symdef
->name
, &element
))
5758 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (element
, info
))
5761 /* If there are any new undefined symbols, we need to make
5762 another pass through the archive in order to see whether
5763 they can be defined. FIXME: This isn't perfect, because
5764 common symbols wind up on undefs_tail and because an
5765 undefined symbol which is defined later on in this pass
5766 does not require another pass. This isn't a bug, but it
5767 does make the code less efficient than it could be. */
5768 if (undefs_tail
!= info
->hash
->undefs_tail
)
5771 /* Look backward to mark all symbols from this object file
5772 which we have already seen in this pass. */
5776 included
[mark
] = TRUE
;
5781 while (symdefs
[mark
].file_offset
== symdef
->file_offset
);
5783 /* We mark subsequent symbols from this object file as we go
5784 on through the loop. */
5785 last
= symdef
->file_offset
;
5795 if (included
!= NULL
)
5800 /* Given an ELF BFD, add symbols to the global hash table as
5804 bfd_elf_link_add_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5806 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
5809 return elf_link_add_object_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5811 return elf_link_add_archive_symbols (abfd
, info
);
5813 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
5818 struct hash_codes_info
5820 unsigned long *hashcodes
;
5824 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5825 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5828 elf_collect_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5830 struct hash_codes_info
*inf
= (struct hash_codes_info
*) data
;
5835 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5836 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5839 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5840 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5842 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5845 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5851 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5852 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5857 /* Compute the hash value. */
5858 ha
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
5860 /* Store the found hash value in the array given as the argument. */
5861 *(inf
->hashcodes
)++ = ha
;
5863 /* And store it in the struct so that we can put it in the hash table
5865 h
->u
.elf_hash_value
= ha
;
5873 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
5876 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5877 unsigned long int nsyms
;
5878 unsigned long int maskbits
;
5879 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
5880 unsigned long int *hashval
;
5881 unsigned long int *indx
;
5882 unsigned long int *counts
;
5886 long int min_dynindx
;
5887 unsigned long int bucketcount
;
5888 unsigned long int symindx
;
5889 long int local_indx
;
5890 long int shift1
, shift2
;
5891 unsigned long int mask
;
5895 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to store
5896 all hash value of the exported symbols in an array. */
5899 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5901 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5906 /* Ignore indirect symbols. These are added by the versioning code. */
5907 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5910 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5911 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5914 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
5915 if (h
->versioned
>= versioned
)
5917 char *p
= strchr (name
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
5920 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (p
- name
+ 1);
5926 memcpy (alc
, name
, p
- name
);
5927 alc
[p
- name
] = '\0';
5932 /* Compute the hash value. */
5933 ha
= bfd_elf_gnu_hash (name
);
5935 /* Store the found hash value in the array for compute_bucket_count,
5936 and also for .dynsym reordering purposes. */
5937 s
->hashcodes
[s
->nsyms
] = ha
;
5938 s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] = ha
;
5940 if (s
->min_dynindx
< 0 || s
->min_dynindx
> h
->dynindx
)
5941 s
->min_dynindx
= h
->dynindx
;
5949 /* This function will be called though elf_link_hash_traverse to do
5950 final dynamic symbol renumbering in case of .gnu.hash.
5951 If using .MIPS.xhash, invoke record_xhash_symbol to add symbol index
5952 to the translation table. */
5955 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
5957 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*s
= (struct collect_gnu_hash_codes
*) data
;
5958 unsigned long int bucket
;
5959 unsigned long int val
;
5961 /* Ignore indirect symbols. */
5962 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5965 /* Ignore also local symbols and undefined symbols. */
5966 if (! (*s
->bed
->elf_hash_symbol
) (h
))
5968 if (h
->dynindx
>= s
->min_dynindx
)
5970 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5972 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, 0);
5976 h
->dynindx
= s
->local_indx
++;
5981 bucket
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] % s
->bucketcount
;
5982 val
= (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift1
)
5983 & ((s
->maskbits
>> s
->shift1
) - 1);
5984 s
->bitmask
[val
] |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << (s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & s
->mask
);
5986 |= ((bfd_vma
) 1) << ((s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] >> s
->shift2
) & s
->mask
);
5987 val
= s
->hashval
[h
->dynindx
] & ~(unsigned long int) 1;
5988 if (s
->counts
[bucket
] == 1)
5989 /* Last element terminates the chain. */
5991 bfd_put_32 (s
->output_bfd
, val
,
5992 s
->contents
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
] - s
->symindx
) * 4);
5993 --s
->counts
[bucket
];
5994 if (s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
5996 bfd_vma xlat_loc
= s
->xlat
+ (s
->indx
[bucket
]++ - s
->symindx
) * 4;
5998 (*s
->bed
->record_xhash_symbol
) (h
, xlat_loc
);
6001 h
->dynindx
= s
->indx
[bucket
]++;
6005 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6008 _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6010 return !(h
->forced_local
6011 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6012 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
6013 || ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6014 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6015 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
== NULL
));
6018 /* Array used to determine the number of hash table buckets to use
6019 based on the number of symbols there are. If there are fewer than
6020 3 symbols we use 1 bucket, fewer than 17 symbols we use 3 buckets,
6021 fewer than 37 we use 17 buckets, and so forth. We never use more
6022 than 32771 buckets. */
6024 static const size_t elf_buckets
[] =
6026 1, 3, 17, 37, 67, 97, 131, 197, 263, 521, 1031, 2053, 4099, 8209,
6030 /* Compute bucket count for hashing table. We do not use a static set
6031 of possible tables sizes anymore. Instead we determine for all
6032 possible reasonable sizes of the table the outcome (i.e., the
6033 number of collisions etc) and choose the best solution. The
6034 weighting functions are not too simple to allow the table to grow
6035 without bounds. Instead one of the weighting factors is the size.
6036 Therefore the result is always a good payoff between few collisions
6037 (= short chain lengths) and table size. */
6039 compute_bucket_count (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6040 unsigned long int *hashcodes ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
6041 unsigned long int nsyms
,
6044 size_t best_size
= 0;
6045 unsigned long int i
;
6047 /* We have a problem here. The following code to optimize the table
6048 size requires an integer type with more the 32 bits. If
6049 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT is set we know about such a type. */
6050 #ifdef BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
6055 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT best_chlen
= ~((BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT
) 0);
6056 bfd
*dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6057 size_t dynsymcount
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
;
6058 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
);
6059 unsigned long int *counts
;
6061 unsigned int no_improvement_count
= 0;
6063 /* Possible optimization parameters: if we have NSYMS symbols we say
6064 that the hashing table must at least have NSYMS/4 and at most
6066 minsize
= nsyms
/ 4;
6069 best_size
= maxsize
= nsyms
* 2;
6074 if ((best_size
& 31) == 0)
6078 /* Create array where we count the collisions in. We must use bfd_malloc
6079 since the size could be large. */
6081 amt
*= sizeof (unsigned long int);
6082 counts
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
6086 /* Compute the "optimal" size for the hash table. The criteria is a
6087 minimal chain length. The minor criteria is (of course) the size
6089 for (i
= minsize
; i
< maxsize
; ++i
)
6091 /* Walk through the array of hashcodes and count the collisions. */
6092 BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT max
;
6093 unsigned long int j
;
6094 unsigned long int fact
;
6096 if (gnu_hash
&& (i
& 31) == 0)
6099 memset (counts
, '\0', i
* sizeof (unsigned long int));
6101 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
6102 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; ++j
)
6103 ++counts
[hashcodes
[j
] % i
];
6105 /* For the weight function we need some information about the
6106 pagesize on the target. This is information need not be 100%
6107 accurate. Since this information is not available (so far) we
6108 define it here to a reasonable default value. If it is crucial
6109 to have a better value some day simply define this value. */
6110 # ifndef BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
6111 # define BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE (4096)
6114 /* We in any case need 2 + DYNSYMCOUNT entries for the size values
6116 max
= (2 + dynsymcount
) * bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
6119 /* Variant 1: optimize for short chains. We add the squares
6120 of all the chain lengths (which favors many small chain
6121 over a few long chains). */
6122 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6123 max
+= counts
[j
] * counts
[j
];
6125 /* This adds penalties for the overall size of the table. */
6126 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6129 /* Variant 2: Optimize a lot more for small table. Here we
6130 also add squares of the size but we also add penalties for
6131 empty slots (the +1 term). */
6132 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; ++j
)
6133 max
+= (1 + counts
[j
]) * (1 + counts
[j
]);
6135 /* The overall size of the table is considered, but not as
6136 strong as in variant 1, where it is squared. */
6137 fact
= i
/ (BFD_TARGET_PAGESIZE
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
) + 1;
6141 /* Compare with current best results. */
6142 if (max
< best_chlen
)
6146 no_improvement_count
= 0;
6148 /* PR 11843: Avoid futile long searches for the best bucket size
6149 when there are a large number of symbols. */
6150 else if (++no_improvement_count
== 100)
6157 #endif /* defined (BFD_HOST_U_64_BIT) */
6159 /* This is the fallback solution if no 64bit type is available or if we
6160 are not supposed to spend much time on optimizations. We select the
6161 bucket count using a fixed set of numbers. */
6162 for (i
= 0; elf_buckets
[i
] != 0; i
++)
6164 best_size
= elf_buckets
[i
];
6165 if (nsyms
< elf_buckets
[i
+ 1])
6168 if (gnu_hash
&& best_size
< 2)
6175 /* Size any SHT_GROUP section for ld -r. */
6178 _bfd_elf_size_group_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6183 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
6184 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6185 && (s
= ibfd
->sections
) != NULL
6186 && s
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
6187 && !_bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
))
6192 /* Set a default stack segment size. The value in INFO wins. If it
6193 is unset, LEGACY_SYMBOL's value is used, and if that symbol is
6194 undefined it is initialized. */
6197 bfd_elf_stack_segment_size (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6198 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6199 const char *legacy_symbol
,
6200 bfd_vma default_size
)
6202 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
6204 /* Look for legacy symbol. */
6206 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), legacy_symbol
,
6207 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
6208 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6209 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6211 && (h
->type
== STT_NOTYPE
|| h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
))
6213 /* The symbol has no type if specified on the command line. */
6214 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6215 if (info
->stacksize
)
6216 /* xgettext:c-format */
6217 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: stack size specified and %s set"),
6218 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6219 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6220 /* xgettext:c-format */
6221 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s not absolute"),
6222 output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
);
6224 info
->stacksize
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6227 if (!info
->stacksize
)
6228 /* If the user didn't set a size, or explicitly inhibit the
6229 size, set it now. */
6230 info
->stacksize
= default_size
;
6232 /* Provide the legacy symbol, if it is referenced. */
6233 if (h
&& (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6234 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6236 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
= NULL
;
6238 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6239 (info
, output_bfd
, legacy_symbol
,
6240 BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6241 info
->stacksize
>= 0 ? info
->stacksize
: 0,
6242 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6245 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6247 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6253 /* Sweep symbols in swept sections. Called via elf_link_hash_traverse. */
6255 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
6257 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
6258 void (*hide_symbol
) (struct bfd_link_info
*, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*,
6263 elf_gc_sweep_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
6266 && (((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6267 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6268 && !((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
6269 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->gc_mark
))
6270 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6271 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
6273 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*inf
;
6275 inf
= (struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info
*) data
;
6276 (*inf
->hide_symbol
) (inf
->info
, h
, TRUE
);
6279 h
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 0;
6285 /* Set up the sizes and contents of the ELF dynamic sections. This is
6286 called by the ELF linker emulation before_allocation routine. We
6287 must set the sizes of the sections before the linker sets the
6288 addresses of the various sections. */
6291 bfd_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6294 const char *filter_shlib
,
6296 const char *depaudit
,
6297 const char * const *auxiliary_filters
,
6298 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6299 asection
**sinterpptr
)
6302 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6306 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
6309 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6311 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6313 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*verdefs
;
6314 struct elf_info_failed asvinfo
;
6315 struct bfd_elf_version_tree
*t
;
6316 struct bfd_elf_version_expr
*d
;
6320 /* If we are supposed to export all symbols into the dynamic symbol
6321 table (this is not the normal case), then do so. */
6322 if (info
->export_dynamic
6323 || (bfd_link_executable (info
) && info
->dynamic
))
6325 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6329 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6330 _bfd_elf_export_symbol
,
6338 soname_indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6340 if (soname_indx
== (size_t) -1
6341 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SONAME
, soname_indx
))
6345 soname_indx
= (size_t) -1;
6347 /* Make all global versions with definition. */
6348 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6349 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6350 if (!d
->symver
&& d
->literal
)
6352 const char *verstr
, *name
;
6353 size_t namelen
, verlen
, newlen
;
6354 char *newname
, *p
, leading_char
;
6355 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*newh
;
6357 leading_char
= bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (output_bfd
);
6359 namelen
= strlen (name
) + (leading_char
!= '\0');
6361 verlen
= strlen (verstr
);
6362 newlen
= namelen
+ verlen
+ 3;
6364 newname
= (char *) bfd_malloc (newlen
);
6365 if (newname
== NULL
)
6367 newname
[0] = leading_char
;
6368 memcpy (newname
+ (leading_char
!= '\0'), name
, namelen
);
6370 /* Check the hidden versioned definition. */
6371 p
= newname
+ namelen
;
6373 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6374 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6375 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6378 || (newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
6379 && newh
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6381 /* Check the default versioned definition. */
6383 memcpy (p
, verstr
, verlen
+ 1);
6384 newh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6385 newname
, FALSE
, FALSE
,
6390 /* Mark this version if there is a definition and it is
6391 not defined in a shared object. */
6393 && !newh
->def_dynamic
6394 && (newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6395 || newh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
6399 /* Attach all the symbols to their version information. */
6400 asvinfo
.info
= info
;
6401 asvinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6403 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6404 _bfd_elf_link_assign_sym_version
,
6409 if (!info
->allow_undefined_version
)
6411 /* Check if all global versions have a definition. */
6412 bfd_boolean all_defined
= TRUE
;
6413 for (t
= info
->version_info
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6414 for (d
= t
->globals
.list
; d
!= NULL
; d
= d
->next
)
6415 if (d
->literal
&& !d
->symver
&& !d
->script
)
6418 (_("%s: undefined version: %s"),
6419 d
->pattern
, t
->name
);
6420 all_defined
= FALSE
;
6425 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6430 /* Set up the version definition section. */
6431 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_d");
6432 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6434 /* We may have created additional version definitions if we are
6435 just linking a regular application. */
6436 verdefs
= info
->version_info
;
6438 /* Skip anonymous version tag. */
6439 if (verdefs
!= NULL
&& verdefs
->vernum
== 0)
6440 verdefs
= verdefs
->next
;
6442 if (verdefs
== NULL
&& !info
->create_default_symver
)
6443 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6449 Elf_Internal_Verdef def
;
6450 Elf_Internal_Verdaux defaux
;
6451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
6452 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6458 /* Make space for the base version. */
6459 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6460 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6463 /* Make space for the default version. */
6464 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6466 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6470 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6472 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6474 /* Don't emit base version twice. */
6478 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6479 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6482 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6483 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6487 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6488 if (s
->contents
== NULL
&& s
->size
!= 0)
6491 /* Fill in the version definition section. */
6495 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6496 def
.vd_flags
= VER_FLG_BASE
;
6499 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6501 def
.vd_aux
= 2 * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6502 def
.vd_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6506 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6507 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6508 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6511 if (soname_indx
!= (size_t) -1)
6513 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6515 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (soname
);
6516 defaux
.vda_name
= soname_indx
;
6523 name
= lbasename (output_bfd
->filename
);
6524 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (name
);
6525 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6527 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6529 defaux
.vda_name
= indx
;
6531 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6533 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6534 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6535 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6536 if (info
->create_default_symver
)
6538 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6540 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6541 (info
, dynobj
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6543 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6545 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6548 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6549 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= NULL
;
6551 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6554 /* Create a duplicate of the base version with the same
6555 aux block, but different flags. */
6558 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6560 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6561 + sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6564 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6565 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6566 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6568 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6569 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6570 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6572 for (t
= verdefs
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->next
)
6575 struct bfd_elf_version_deps
*n
;
6577 /* Don't emit the base version twice. */
6582 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6585 /* Add a symbol representing this version. */
6587 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
6588 (info
, dynobj
, t
->name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
6590 get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->collect
, &bh
)))
6592 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
6595 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
6596 h
->verinfo
.vertree
= t
;
6598 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
6601 def
.vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
6603 if (t
->globals
.list
== NULL
6604 && t
->locals
.list
== NULL
6606 def
.vd_flags
|= VER_FLG_WEAK
;
6607 def
.vd_ndx
= t
->vernum
+ (info
->create_default_symver
? 2 : 1);
6608 def
.vd_cnt
= cdeps
+ 1;
6609 def
.vd_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (t
->name
);
6610 def
.vd_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6613 /* If a basever node is next, it *must* be the last node in
6614 the chain, otherwise Verdef construction breaks. */
6615 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
== 0)
6616 BFD_ASSERT (t
->next
->next
== NULL
);
6618 if (t
->next
!= NULL
&& t
->next
->vernum
!= 0)
6619 def
.vd_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
6620 + (cdeps
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
6622 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (output_bfd
, &def
,
6623 (Elf_External_Verdef
*) p
);
6624 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
6626 defaux
.vda_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
6627 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6629 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6630 if (t
->deps
!= NULL
)
6631 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6632 t
->name_indx
= defaux
.vda_name
;
6634 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6635 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6636 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6638 for (n
= t
->deps
; n
!= NULL
; n
= n
->next
)
6640 if (n
->version_needed
== NULL
)
6642 /* This can happen if there was an error in the
6644 defaux
.vda_name
= 0;
6648 defaux
.vda_name
= n
->version_needed
->name_indx
;
6649 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6652 if (n
->next
== NULL
)
6653 defaux
.vda_next
= 0;
6655 defaux
.vda_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6657 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (output_bfd
, &defaux
,
6658 (Elf_External_Verdaux
*) p
);
6659 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
6663 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
= cdefs
;
6667 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
6669 if (info
->gc_sections
&& bed
->can_gc_sections
)
6671 struct elf_gc_sweep_symbol_info sweep_info
;
6673 /* Remove the symbols that were in the swept sections from the
6674 dynamic symbol table. */
6675 sweep_info
.info
= info
;
6676 sweep_info
.hide_symbol
= bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
;
6677 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), elf_gc_sweep_symbol
,
6681 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6684 struct elf_find_verdep_info sinfo
;
6686 /* Work out the size of the version reference section. */
6688 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version_r");
6689 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
6692 sinfo
.vers
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
6693 if (sinfo
.vers
== 0)
6695 sinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
6697 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6698 _bfd_elf_link_find_version_dependencies
,
6703 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
6704 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
6707 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*vn
;
6712 /* Build the version dependency section. */
6715 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6717 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6719 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6721 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6723 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6724 size
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6728 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
6729 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
6733 for (vn
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->verref
;
6735 vn
= vn
->vn_nextref
)
6738 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
6742 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6745 vn
->vn_version
= VER_NEED_CURRENT
;
6747 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6748 elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
) != NULL
6749 ? elf_dt_name (vn
->vn_bfd
)
6750 : lbasename (vn
->vn_bfd
->filename
),
6752 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6755 vn
->vn_aux
= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6756 if (vn
->vn_nextref
== NULL
)
6759 vn
->vn_next
= (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
6760 + caux
* sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
6762 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (output_bfd
, vn
,
6763 (Elf_External_Verneed
*) p
);
6764 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
6766 for (a
= vn
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
6768 a
->vna_hash
= bfd_elf_hash (a
->vna_nodename
);
6769 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6770 a
->vna_nodename
, FALSE
);
6771 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6774 if (a
->vna_nextptr
== NULL
)
6777 a
->vna_next
= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6779 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (output_bfd
, a
,
6780 (Elf_External_Vernaux
*) p
);
6781 p
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
);
6785 elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
= crefs
;
6789 /* Any syms created from now on start with -1 in
6790 got.refcount/offset and plt.refcount/offset. */
6791 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_refcount
6792 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_got_offset
;
6793 elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_refcount
6794 = elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
6796 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6797 && !_bfd_elf_size_group_sections (info
))
6800 /* The backend may have to create some sections regardless of whether
6801 we're dynamic or not. */
6802 if (bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
6803 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_always_size_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
6806 /* Determine any GNU_STACK segment requirements, after the backend
6807 has had a chance to set a default segment size. */
6808 if (info
->execstack
)
6809 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
;
6810 else if (info
->noexecstack
)
6811 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
;
6815 asection
*notesec
= NULL
;
6818 for (inputobj
= info
->input_bfds
;
6820 inputobj
= inputobj
->link
.next
)
6825 & (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
| BFD_PLUGIN
| BFD_LINKER_CREATED
))
6827 s
= inputobj
->sections
;
6828 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6831 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (inputobj
, ".note.GNU-stack");
6834 if (s
->flags
& SEC_CODE
)
6838 else if (bed
->default_execstack
)
6841 if (notesec
|| info
->stacksize
> 0)
6842 elf_stack_flags (output_bfd
) = PF_R
| PF_W
| exec
;
6843 if (notesec
&& exec
&& bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
6844 && notesec
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
6845 notesec
->output_section
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
6848 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
6850 struct elf_info_failed eif
;
6851 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6855 *sinterpptr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
6856 BFD_ASSERT (*sinterpptr
!= NULL
|| !bfd_link_executable (info
) || info
->nointerp
);
6860 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMBOLIC
, 0))
6862 info
->flags
|= DF_SYMBOLIC
;
6870 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, rpath
,
6872 if (indx
== (size_t) -1)
6875 tag
= info
->new_dtags
? DT_RUNPATH
: DT_RPATH
;
6876 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, tag
, indx
))
6880 if (filter_shlib
!= NULL
)
6884 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6885 filter_shlib
, TRUE
);
6886 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6887 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FILTER
, indx
))
6891 if (auxiliary_filters
!= NULL
)
6893 const char * const *p
;
6895 for (p
= auxiliary_filters
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
6899 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
6901 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6902 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUXILIARY
, indx
))
6911 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, audit
,
6913 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6914 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_AUDIT
, indx
))
6918 if (depaudit
!= NULL
)
6922 indx
= _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
, depaudit
,
6924 if (indx
== (size_t) -1
6925 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_DEPAUDIT
, indx
))
6932 /* Find all symbols which were defined in a dynamic object and make
6933 the backend pick a reasonable value for them. */
6934 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
6935 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
,
6940 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in some of the
6941 values later, in bfd_elf_final_link, but we must add the entries
6942 now so that we know the final size of the .dynamic section. */
6944 /* If there are initialization and/or finalization functions to
6945 call then add the corresponding DT_INIT/DT_FINI entries. */
6946 h
= (info
->init_function
6947 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6948 info
->init_function
, FALSE
,
6955 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT
, 0))
6958 h
= (info
->fini_function
6959 ? elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
),
6960 info
->fini_function
, FALSE
,
6967 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI
, 0))
6971 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".preinit_array");
6972 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
6974 /* DT_PREINIT_ARRAY is not allowed in shared library. */
6975 if (! bfd_link_executable (info
))
6980 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
6981 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
6982 && (o
= sub
->sections
) != NULL
6983 && o
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
6984 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
6985 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
6986 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
6989 (_("%pB: .preinit_array section is not allowed in DSO"),
6994 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
6998 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, 0)
6999 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7002 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".init_array");
7003 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7005 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAY
, 0)
7006 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7009 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".fini_array");
7010 if (s
!= NULL
&& s
->linker_has_input
)
7012 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAY
, 0)
7013 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
, 0))
7017 dynstr
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7018 /* If .dynstr is excluded from the link, we don't want any of
7019 these tags. Strictly, we should be checking each section
7020 individually; This quick check covers for the case where
7021 someone does a /DISCARD/ : { *(*) }. */
7022 if (dynstr
!= NULL
&& dynstr
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
7024 bfd_size_type strsize
;
7026 strsize
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7027 if ((info
->emit_hash
7028 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_HASH
, 0))
7029 || (info
->emit_gnu_hash
7030 && (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
== NULL
7031 && !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_GNU_HASH
, 0)))
7032 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRTAB
, 0)
7033 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMTAB
, 0)
7034 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_STRSZ
, strsize
)
7035 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_SYMENT
,
7036 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
))
7041 if (! _bfd_elf_maybe_strip_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
7044 /* The backend must work out the sizes of all the other dynamic
7047 && bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
!= NULL
7048 && ! (*bed
->elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections
) (output_bfd
, info
))
7051 if (dynobj
!= NULL
&& elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7053 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
)
7055 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
;
7057 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEF
, 0)
7058 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERDEFNUM
, crefs
))
7062 if ((info
->new_dtags
&& info
->flags
) || (info
->flags
& DF_STATIC_TLS
))
7064 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS
, info
->flags
))
7067 else if (info
->flags
& DF_BIND_NOW
)
7069 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_BIND_NOW
, 0))
7075 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
7076 info
->flags_1
&= ~ (DF_1_INITFIRST
7079 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_FLAGS_1
, info
->flags_1
))
7083 if (elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
)
7085 unsigned int crefs
= elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
;
7087 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEED
, 0)
7088 || !_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERNEEDNUM
, crefs
))
7092 if ((elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
7093 && elf_tdata (output_bfd
)->cverdefs
== 0)
7094 || _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
, NULL
) <= 1)
7098 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7099 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7105 /* Find the first non-excluded output section. We'll use its
7106 section symbol for some emitted relocs. */
7108 _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7111 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7113 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7114 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7115 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7118 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7121 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7124 /* Find two non-excluded output sections, one for code, one for data.
7125 We'll use their section symbols for some emitted relocs. */
7127 _bfd_elf_init_2_index_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7130 asection
*found
= NULL
;
7132 /* Data first, since setting text_index_section changes
7133 _bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default. */
7134 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7135 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7136 && !(s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7137 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7140 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
7143 elf_hash_table (info
)->data_index_section
= found
;
7145 for (s
= output_bfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7146 if ((s
->flags
& (SEC_EXCLUDE
| SEC_ALLOC
)) == SEC_ALLOC
7147 && (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
)
7148 && !_bfd_elf_omit_section_dynsym_default (output_bfd
, info
, s
))
7153 elf_hash_table (info
)->text_index_section
= found
;
7156 #define GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME(bed) \
7157 (bed)->record_xhash_symbol != NULL ? ".MIPS.xhash" : ".gnu.hash"
7160 bfd_elf_size_dynsym_hash_dynstr (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7162 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7163 unsigned long section_sym_count
;
7164 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
= 0;
7166 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7169 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7170 (*bed
->elf_backend_init_index_section
) (output_bfd
, info
);
7172 /* Assign dynsym indices. In a shared library we generate a section
7173 symbol for each output section, which come first. Next come all
7174 of the back-end allocated local dynamic syms, followed by the rest
7175 of the global symbols.
7177 This is usually not needed for static binaries, however backends
7178 can request to always do it, e.g. the MIPS backend uses dynamic
7179 symbol counts to lay out GOT, which will be produced in the
7180 presence of GOT relocations even in static binaries (holding fixed
7181 data in that case, to satisfy those relocations). */
7183 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
7184 || bed
->always_renumber_dynsyms
)
7185 dynsymcount
= _bfd_elf_link_renumber_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
,
7186 §ion_sym_count
);
7188 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
7192 unsigned int dtagcount
;
7194 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7196 /* Work out the size of the symbol version section. */
7197 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
7198 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7199 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0)
7201 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
7202 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7203 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7206 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_VERSYM
, 0))
7210 /* Set the size of the .dynsym and .hash sections. We counted
7211 the number of dynamic symbols in elf_link_add_object_symbols.
7212 We will build the contents of .dynsym and .hash when we build
7213 the final symbol table, because until then we do not know the
7214 correct value to give the symbols. We built the .dynstr
7215 section as we went along in elf_link_add_object_symbols. */
7216 s
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsym
;
7217 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7218 s
->size
= dynsymcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7220 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7221 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7224 /* The first entry in .dynsym is a dummy symbol. Clear all the
7225 section syms, in case we don't output them all. */
7226 ++section_sym_count
;
7227 memset (s
->contents
, 0, section_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
7229 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= 0;
7231 /* Compute the size of the hashing table. As a side effect this
7232 computes the hash values for all the names we export. */
7233 if (info
->emit_hash
)
7235 unsigned long int *hashcodes
;
7236 struct hash_codes_info hashinf
;
7238 unsigned long int nsyms
;
7240 size_t hash_entry_size
;
7242 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7243 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7245 amt
= dynsymcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int);
7246 hashcodes
= (unsigned long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7247 if (hashcodes
== NULL
)
7249 hashinf
.hashcodes
= hashcodes
;
7250 hashinf
.error
= FALSE
;
7252 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7253 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7254 elf_collect_hash_codes
, &hashinf
);
7261 nsyms
= hashinf
.hashcodes
- hashcodes
;
7263 = compute_bucket_count (info
, hashcodes
, nsyms
, 0);
7266 if (bucketcount
== 0 && nsyms
> 0)
7269 elf_hash_table (info
)->bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7271 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
7272 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7273 hash_entry_size
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7274 s
->size
= ((2 + bucketcount
+ dynsymcount
) * hash_entry_size
);
7275 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7276 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
7279 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, bucketcount
, s
->contents
);
7280 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, output_bfd
, dynsymcount
,
7281 s
->contents
+ hash_entry_size
);
7284 if (info
->emit_gnu_hash
)
7287 unsigned char *contents
;
7288 struct collect_gnu_hash_codes cinfo
;
7292 memset (&cinfo
, 0, sizeof (cinfo
));
7294 /* Compute the hash values for all exported symbols. At the same
7295 time store the values in an array so that we could use them for
7297 amt
= dynsymcount
* 2 * sizeof (unsigned long int);
7298 cinfo
.hashcodes
= (long unsigned int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7299 if (cinfo
.hashcodes
== NULL
)
7302 cinfo
.hashval
= cinfo
.hashcodes
+ dynsymcount
;
7303 cinfo
.min_dynindx
= -1;
7304 cinfo
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
7307 /* Put all hash values in HASHCODES. */
7308 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7309 elf_collect_gnu_hash_codes
, &cinfo
);
7312 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7317 = compute_bucket_count (info
, cinfo
.hashcodes
, cinfo
.nsyms
, 1);
7319 if (bucketcount
== 0)
7321 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7325 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, GNU_HASH_SECTION_NAME (bed
));
7326 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7328 if (cinfo
.nsyms
== 0)
7330 /* Empty .gnu.hash or .MIPS.xhash section is special. */
7331 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
== -1);
7332 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7333 s
->size
= 5 * 4 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7334 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7335 if (contents
== NULL
)
7337 s
->contents
= contents
;
7338 /* 1 empty bucket. */
7339 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
);
7340 /* SYMIDX above the special symbol 0. */
7341 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 4);
7342 /* Just one word for bitmask. */
7343 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 1, contents
+ 8);
7344 /* Only hash fn bloom filter. */
7345 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 12);
7346 /* No hashes are valid - empty bitmask. */
7347 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, 0, contents
+ 16);
7348 /* No hashes in the only bucket. */
7349 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0,
7350 contents
+ 16 + bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8);
7354 unsigned long int maskwords
, maskbitslog2
, x
;
7355 BFD_ASSERT (cinfo
.min_dynindx
!= -1);
7359 while ((x
>>= 1) != 0)
7361 if (maskbitslog2
< 3)
7363 else if ((1 << (maskbitslog2
- 2)) & cinfo
.nsyms
)
7364 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 3;
7366 maskbitslog2
= maskbitslog2
+ 2;
7367 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64)
7369 if (maskbitslog2
== 5)
7375 cinfo
.mask
= (1 << cinfo
.shift1
) - 1;
7376 cinfo
.shift2
= maskbitslog2
;
7377 cinfo
.maskbits
= 1 << maskbitslog2
;
7378 maskwords
= 1 << (maskbitslog2
- cinfo
.shift1
);
7379 amt
= bucketcount
* sizeof (unsigned long int) * 2;
7380 amt
+= maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
);
7381 cinfo
.bitmask
= (bfd_vma
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
7382 if (cinfo
.bitmask
== NULL
)
7384 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7388 cinfo
.counts
= (long unsigned int *) (cinfo
.bitmask
+ maskwords
);
7389 cinfo
.indx
= cinfo
.counts
+ bucketcount
;
7390 cinfo
.symindx
= dynsymcount
- cinfo
.nsyms
;
7391 memset (cinfo
.bitmask
, 0, maskwords
* sizeof (bfd_vma
));
7393 /* Determine how often each hash bucket is used. */
7394 memset (cinfo
.counts
, 0, bucketcount
* sizeof (cinfo
.counts
[0]));
7395 for (i
= 0; i
< cinfo
.nsyms
; ++i
)
7396 ++cinfo
.counts
[cinfo
.hashcodes
[i
] % bucketcount
];
7398 for (i
= 0, cnt
= cinfo
.symindx
; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7399 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] != 0)
7401 cinfo
.indx
[i
] = cnt
;
7402 cnt
+= cinfo
.counts
[i
];
7404 BFD_ASSERT (cnt
== dynsymcount
);
7405 cinfo
.bucketcount
= bucketcount
;
7406 cinfo
.local_indx
= cinfo
.min_dynindx
;
7408 s
->size
= (4 + bucketcount
+ cinfo
.nsyms
) * 4;
7409 s
->size
+= cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7410 if (bed
->record_xhash_symbol
!= NULL
)
7411 s
->size
+= cinfo
.nsyms
* 4;
7412 contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_zalloc (output_bfd
, s
->size
);
7413 if (contents
== NULL
)
7415 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7416 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7420 s
->contents
= contents
;
7421 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, bucketcount
, contents
);
7422 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.symindx
, contents
+ 4);
7423 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, maskwords
, contents
+ 8);
7424 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.shift2
, contents
+ 12);
7425 contents
+= 16 + cinfo
.maskbits
/ 8;
7427 for (i
= 0; i
< bucketcount
; ++i
)
7429 if (cinfo
.counts
[i
] == 0)
7430 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0, contents
);
7432 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, cinfo
.indx
[i
], contents
);
7436 cinfo
.contents
= contents
;
7438 cinfo
.xlat
= contents
+ cinfo
.nsyms
* 4 - s
->contents
;
7439 /* Renumber dynamic symbols, if populating .gnu.hash section.
7440 If using .MIPS.xhash, populate the translation table. */
7441 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
7442 elf_gnu_hash_process_symidx
, &cinfo
);
7444 contents
= s
->contents
+ 16;
7445 for (i
= 0; i
< maskwords
; ++i
)
7447 bfd_put (bed
->s
->arch_size
, output_bfd
, cinfo
.bitmask
[i
],
7449 contents
+= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
7452 free (cinfo
.bitmask
);
7453 free (cinfo
.hashcodes
);
7457 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynstr");
7458 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7460 elf_finalize_dynstr (output_bfd
, info
);
7462 s
->size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
7464 for (dtagcount
= 0; dtagcount
<= info
->spare_dynamic_tags
; ++dtagcount
)
7465 if (!_bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info
, DT_NULL
, 0))
7472 /* Make sure sec_info_type is cleared if sec_info is cleared too. */
7475 merge_sections_remove_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7478 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
);
7479 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
;
7482 /* Finish SHF_MERGE section merging. */
7485 _bfd_elf_merge_sections (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7490 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7493 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
7494 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
7495 && bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7496 && (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
7497 == get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->s
->elfclass
))
7498 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
7499 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0
7500 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
7502 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*secdata
;
7504 secdata
= elf_section_data (sec
);
7505 if (! _bfd_add_merge_section (obfd
,
7506 &elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7507 sec
, &secdata
->sec_info
))
7509 else if (secdata
->sec_info
)
7510 sec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
;
7513 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
!= NULL
)
7514 _bfd_merge_sections (obfd
, info
, elf_hash_table (info
)->merge_info
,
7515 merge_sections_remove_hook
);
7519 /* Create an entry in an ELF linker hash table. */
7521 struct bfd_hash_entry
*
7522 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
7523 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
7526 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
7530 entry
= (struct bfd_hash_entry
*)
7531 bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
));
7536 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
7537 entry
= _bfd_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
7540 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
7541 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) table
;
7543 /* Set local fields. */
7546 ret
->got
= htab
->init_got_refcount
;
7547 ret
->plt
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
;
7548 memset (&ret
->size
, 0, (sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
)
7549 - offsetof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
, size
)));
7550 /* Assume that we have been called by a non-ELF symbol reader.
7551 This flag is then reset by the code which reads an ELF input
7552 file. This ensures that a symbol created by a non-ELF symbol
7553 reader will have the flag set correctly. */
7560 /* Copy data from an indirect symbol to its direct symbol, hiding the
7561 old indirect symbol. Also used for copying flags to a weakdef. */
7564 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7565 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
7566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
7568 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7570 /* Copy down any references that we may have already seen to the
7571 symbol which just became indirect. */
7573 if (dir
->versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
7574 dir
->ref_dynamic
|= ind
->ref_dynamic
;
7575 dir
->ref_regular
|= ind
->ref_regular
;
7576 dir
->ref_regular_nonweak
|= ind
->ref_regular_nonweak
;
7577 dir
->non_got_ref
|= ind
->non_got_ref
;
7578 dir
->needs_plt
|= ind
->needs_plt
;
7579 dir
->pointer_equality_needed
|= ind
->pointer_equality_needed
;
7581 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
7584 /* Copy over the global and procedure linkage table refcount entries.
7585 These may have been already set up by a check_relocs routine. */
7586 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
7587 if (ind
->got
.refcount
> htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
)
7589 if (dir
->got
.refcount
< 0)
7590 dir
->got
.refcount
= 0;
7591 dir
->got
.refcount
+= ind
->got
.refcount
;
7592 ind
->got
.refcount
= htab
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
;
7595 if (ind
->plt
.refcount
> htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
)
7597 if (dir
->plt
.refcount
< 0)
7598 dir
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
7599 dir
->plt
.refcount
+= ind
->plt
.refcount
;
7600 ind
->plt
.refcount
= htab
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
;
7603 if (ind
->dynindx
!= -1)
7605 if (dir
->dynindx
!= -1)
7606 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (htab
->dynstr
, dir
->dynstr_index
);
7607 dir
->dynindx
= ind
->dynindx
;
7608 dir
->dynstr_index
= ind
->dynstr_index
;
7610 ind
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7615 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7616 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
7617 bfd_boolean force_local
)
7619 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
7620 if (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7622 h
->plt
= elf_hash_table (info
)->init_plt_offset
;
7627 h
->forced_local
= 1;
7628 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1)
7630 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
7633 h
->dynstr_index
= 0;
7638 /* Hide a symbol. */
7641 _bfd_elf_link_hide_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
7642 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7643 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
)
7645 if (is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7647 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
7648 = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
7649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
7650 = (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
7651 bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol (info
, eh
, TRUE
);
7652 eh
->def_dynamic
= 0;
7653 eh
->ref_dynamic
= 0;
7654 eh
->dynamic_def
= 0;
7658 /* Initialize an ELF linker hash table. *TABLE has been zeroed by our
7662 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init
7663 (struct elf_link_hash_table
*table
,
7665 struct bfd_hash_entry
*(*newfunc
) (struct bfd_hash_entry
*,
7666 struct bfd_hash_table
*,
7668 unsigned int entsize
,
7669 enum elf_target_id target_id
)
7672 int can_refcount
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->can_refcount
;
7674 table
->init_got_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7675 table
->init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= can_refcount
- 1;
7676 table
->init_got_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7677 table
->init_plt_offset
.offset
= -(bfd_vma
) 1;
7678 /* The first dynamic symbol is a dummy. */
7679 table
->dynsymcount
= 1;
7681 ret
= _bfd_link_hash_table_init (&table
->root
, abfd
, newfunc
, entsize
);
7683 table
->root
.type
= bfd_link_elf_hash_table
;
7684 table
->hash_table_id
= target_id
;
7689 /* Create an ELF linker hash table. */
7691 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
7692 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
7694 struct elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
7695 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_table
);
7697 ret
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
7701 if (! _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (ret
, abfd
, _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
7702 sizeof (struct elf_link_hash_entry
),
7708 ret
->root
.hash_table_free
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free
;
7713 /* Destroy an ELF linker hash table. */
7716 _bfd_elf_link_hash_table_free (bfd
*obfd
)
7718 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7720 htab
= (struct elf_link_hash_table
*) obfd
->link
.hash
;
7721 if (htab
->dynstr
!= NULL
)
7722 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (htab
->dynstr
);
7723 _bfd_merge_sections_free (htab
->merge_info
);
7724 _bfd_generic_link_hash_table_free (obfd
);
7727 /* This is a hook for the ELF emulation code in the generic linker to
7728 tell the backend linker what file name to use for the DT_NEEDED
7729 entry for a dynamic object. */
7732 bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name (bfd
*abfd
, const char *name
)
7734 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7735 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7736 elf_dt_name (abfd
) = name
;
7740 bfd_elf_get_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
)
7743 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7744 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7745 lib_class
= elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
);
7752 bfd_elf_set_dyn_lib_class (bfd
*abfd
, enum dynamic_lib_link_class lib_class
)
7754 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7755 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7756 elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) = lib_class
;
7759 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries for a link. This is a hook for
7760 the linker ELF emulation code. */
7762 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7763 bfd_elf_get_needed_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7764 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7766 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7768 return elf_hash_table (info
)->needed
;
7771 /* Get the list of DT_RPATH/DT_RUNPATH entries for a link. This is a
7772 hook for the linker ELF emulation code. */
7774 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*
7775 bfd_elf_get_runpath_list (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7776 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7778 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
7780 return elf_hash_table (info
)->runpath
;
7783 /* Get the name actually used for a dynamic object for a link. This
7784 is the SONAME entry if there is one. Otherwise, it is the string
7785 passed to bfd_elf_set_dt_needed_name, or it is the filename. */
7788 bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (bfd
*abfd
)
7790 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
7791 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
)
7792 return elf_dt_name (abfd
);
7796 /* Get the list of DT_NEEDED entries from a BFD. This is a hook for
7797 the ELF linker emulation code. */
7800 bfd_elf_get_bfd_needed_list (bfd
*abfd
,
7801 struct bfd_link_needed_list
**pneeded
)
7804 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
7805 unsigned int elfsec
;
7806 unsigned long shlink
;
7807 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
7809 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
7813 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7814 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_object
)
7817 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7818 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->size
== 0)
7821 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
7824 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
7825 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
7828 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
7830 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
7831 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
7834 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
7835 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
7837 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
7839 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
7841 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
7844 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NEEDED
)
7847 struct bfd_link_needed_list
*l
;
7848 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
7851 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
7856 l
= (struct bfd_link_needed_list
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
7877 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
7879 unsigned long st_name
; /* Symbol name, index in string tbl */
7880 unsigned char st_info
; /* Type and binding attributes */
7881 unsigned char st_other
; /* Visibilty, and target specific */
7884 struct elf_symbuf_head
7886 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7888 unsigned int st_shndx
;
7895 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
7896 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7902 /* Sort references to symbols by ascending section number. */
7905 elf_sort_elf_symbol (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7907 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s1
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg1
;
7908 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*s2
= *(const Elf_Internal_Sym
**) arg2
;
7910 if (s1
->st_shndx
!= s2
->st_shndx
)
7911 return s1
->st_shndx
> s2
->st_shndx
? 1 : -1;
7912 /* Final sort by the address of the sym in the symbuf ensures
7915 return s1
> s2
? 1 : -1;
7920 elf_sym_name_compare (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
7922 const struct elf_symbol
*s1
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg1
;
7923 const struct elf_symbol
*s2
= (const struct elf_symbol
*) arg2
;
7924 int ret
= strcmp (s1
->name
, s2
->name
);
7927 if (s1
->u
.p
!= s2
->u
.p
)
7928 return s1
->u
.p
> s2
->u
.p
? 1 : -1;
7932 static struct elf_symbuf_head
*
7933 elf_create_symbuf (size_t symcount
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
)
7935 Elf_Internal_Sym
**ind
, **indbufend
, **indbuf
;
7936 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
;
7937 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf
, *ssymhead
;
7938 size_t i
, shndx_count
, total_size
;
7940 indbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
**) bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (*indbuf
));
7944 for (ind
= indbuf
, i
= 0; i
< symcount
; i
++)
7945 if (isymbuf
[i
].st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
)
7946 *ind
++ = &isymbuf
[i
];
7949 qsort (indbuf
, indbufend
- indbuf
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
*),
7950 elf_sort_elf_symbol
);
7953 if (indbufend
> indbuf
)
7954 for (ind
= indbuf
, shndx_count
++; ind
< indbufend
- 1; ind
++)
7955 if (ind
[0]->st_shndx
!= ind
[1]->st_shndx
)
7958 total_size
= ((shndx_count
+ 1) * sizeof (*ssymbuf
)
7959 + (indbufend
- indbuf
) * sizeof (*ssym
));
7960 ssymbuf
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) bfd_malloc (total_size
);
7961 if (ssymbuf
== NULL
)
7967 ssym
= (struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*) (ssymbuf
+ shndx_count
+ 1);
7968 ssymbuf
->ssym
= NULL
;
7969 ssymbuf
->count
= shndx_count
;
7970 ssymbuf
->st_shndx
= 0;
7971 for (ssymhead
= ssymbuf
, ind
= indbuf
; ind
< indbufend
; ssym
++, ind
++)
7973 if (ind
== indbuf
|| ssymhead
->st_shndx
!= (*ind
)->st_shndx
)
7976 ssymhead
->ssym
= ssym
;
7977 ssymhead
->count
= 0;
7978 ssymhead
->st_shndx
= (*ind
)->st_shndx
;
7980 ssym
->st_name
= (*ind
)->st_name
;
7981 ssym
->st_info
= (*ind
)->st_info
;
7982 ssym
->st_other
= (*ind
)->st_other
;
7985 BFD_ASSERT ((size_t) (ssymhead
- ssymbuf
) == shndx_count
7986 && (((bfd_hostptr_t
) ssym
- (bfd_hostptr_t
) ssymbuf
)
7993 /* Check if 2 sections define the same set of local and global
7997 bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (asection
*sec1
, asection
*sec2
,
7998 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8001 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed1
, *bed2
;
8002 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr1
, *hdr2
;
8003 size_t symcount1
, symcount2
;
8004 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf1
, *isymbuf2
;
8005 struct elf_symbuf_head
*ssymbuf1
, *ssymbuf2
;
8006 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
, *isymend
;
8007 struct elf_symbol
*symtable1
= NULL
, *symtable2
= NULL
;
8008 size_t count1
, count2
, i
;
8009 unsigned int shndx1
, shndx2
;
8015 /* Both sections have to be in ELF. */
8016 if (bfd_get_flavour (bfd1
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
8017 || bfd_get_flavour (bfd2
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8020 if (elf_section_type (sec1
) != elf_section_type (sec2
))
8023 shndx1
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd1
, sec1
);
8024 shndx2
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd2
, sec2
);
8025 if (shndx1
== SHN_BAD
|| shndx2
== SHN_BAD
)
8028 bed1
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd1
);
8029 bed2
= get_elf_backend_data (bfd2
);
8030 hdr1
= &elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symtab_hdr
;
8031 symcount1
= hdr1
->sh_size
/ bed1
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8032 hdr2
= &elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symtab_hdr
;
8033 symcount2
= hdr2
->sh_size
/ bed2
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
8035 if (symcount1
== 0 || symcount2
== 0)
8041 ssymbuf1
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
;
8042 ssymbuf2
= (struct elf_symbuf_head
*) elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
;
8044 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
)
8046 isymbuf1
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd1
, hdr1
, symcount1
, 0,
8048 if (isymbuf1
== NULL
)
8051 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8053 ssymbuf1
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount1
, isymbuf1
);
8054 elf_tdata (bfd1
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf1
;
8058 if (ssymbuf1
== NULL
|| ssymbuf2
== NULL
)
8060 isymbuf2
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd2
, hdr2
, symcount2
, 0,
8062 if (isymbuf2
== NULL
)
8065 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& !info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
8067 ssymbuf2
= elf_create_symbuf (symcount2
, isymbuf2
);
8068 elf_tdata (bfd2
)->symbuf
= ssymbuf2
;
8072 if (ssymbuf1
!= NULL
&& ssymbuf2
!= NULL
)
8074 /* Optimized faster version. */
8076 struct elf_symbol
*symp
;
8077 struct elf_symbuf_symbol
*ssym
, *ssymend
;
8080 hi
= ssymbuf1
->count
;
8085 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8086 if (shndx1
< ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8088 else if (shndx1
> ssymbuf1
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8092 count1
= ssymbuf1
[mid
].count
;
8099 hi
= ssymbuf2
->count
;
8104 mid
= (lo
+ hi
) / 2;
8105 if (shndx2
< ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8107 else if (shndx2
> ssymbuf2
[mid
].st_shndx
)
8111 count2
= ssymbuf2
[mid
].count
;
8117 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8121 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count1
* sizeof (*symtable1
));
8123 = (struct elf_symbol
*) bfd_malloc (count2
* sizeof (*symtable2
));
8124 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8128 for (ssym
= ssymbuf1
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count1
;
8129 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8131 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8132 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
,
8138 for (ssym
= ssymbuf2
->ssym
, ssymend
= ssym
+ count2
;
8139 ssym
< ssymend
; ssym
++, symp
++)
8141 symp
->u
.ssym
= ssym
;
8142 symp
->name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
,
8147 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8148 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8149 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8150 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8151 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8153 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8154 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8155 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_info
8156 || symtable1
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.ssym
->st_other
8157 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8164 symtable1
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8165 bfd_malloc (symcount1
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8166 symtable2
= (struct elf_symbol
*)
8167 bfd_malloc (symcount2
* sizeof (struct elf_symbol
));
8168 if (symtable1
== NULL
|| symtable2
== NULL
)
8171 /* Count definitions in the section. */
8173 for (isym
= isymbuf1
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount1
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8174 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx1
)
8175 symtable1
[count1
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8178 for (isym
= isymbuf2
, isymend
= isym
+ symcount2
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
8179 if (isym
->st_shndx
== shndx2
)
8180 symtable2
[count2
++].u
.isym
= isym
;
8182 if (count1
== 0 || count2
== 0 || count1
!= count2
)
8185 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8187 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd1
, hdr1
->sh_link
,
8188 symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8190 for (i
= 0; i
< count2
; i
++)
8192 = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd2
, hdr2
->sh_link
,
8193 symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_name
);
8195 /* Sort symbol by name. */
8196 qsort (symtable1
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8197 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8198 qsort (symtable2
, count1
, sizeof (struct elf_symbol
),
8199 elf_sym_name_compare
);
8201 for (i
= 0; i
< count1
; i
++)
8202 /* Two symbols must have the same binding, type and name. */
8203 if (symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_info
8204 || symtable1
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
!= symtable2
[i
].u
.isym
->st_other
8205 || strcmp (symtable1
[i
].name
, symtable2
[i
].name
) != 0)
8223 /* Return TRUE if 2 section types are compatible. */
8226 _bfd_elf_match_sections_by_type (bfd
*abfd
, const asection
*asec
,
8227 bfd
*bbfd
, const asection
*bsec
)
8231 || abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
8232 || bbfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
8235 return elf_section_type (asec
) == elf_section_type (bsec
);
8238 /* Final phase of ELF linker. */
8240 /* A structure we use to avoid passing large numbers of arguments. */
8242 struct elf_final_link_info
8244 /* General link information. */
8245 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
8248 /* Symbol string table. */
8249 struct elf_strtab_hash
*symstrtab
;
8250 /* .hash section. */
8252 /* symbol version section (.gnu.version). */
8253 asection
*symver_sec
;
8254 /* Buffer large enough to hold contents of any section. */
8256 /* Buffer large enough to hold external relocs of any section. */
8257 void *external_relocs
;
8258 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal relocs of any section. */
8259 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8260 /* Buffer large enough to hold external local symbols of any input
8262 bfd_byte
*external_syms
;
8263 /* And a buffer for symbol section indices. */
8264 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*locsym_shndx
;
8265 /* Buffer large enough to hold internal local symbols of any input
8267 Elf_Internal_Sym
*internal_syms
;
8268 /* Array large enough to hold a symbol index for each local symbol
8269 of any input BFD. */
8271 /* Array large enough to hold a section pointer for each local
8272 symbol of any input BFD. */
8273 asection
**sections
;
8274 /* Buffer for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section. */
8275 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*symshndxbuf
;
8276 /* Number of STT_FILE syms seen. */
8277 size_t filesym_count
;
8280 /* This struct is used to pass information to elf_link_output_extsym. */
8282 struct elf_outext_info
8285 bfd_boolean localsyms
;
8286 bfd_boolean file_sym_done
;
8287 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
;
8291 /* Support for evaluating a complex relocation.
8293 Complex relocations are generalized, self-describing relocations. The
8294 implementation of them consists of two parts: complex symbols, and the
8295 relocations themselves.
8297 The relocations are use a reserved elf-wide relocation type code (R_RELC
8298 external / BFD_RELOC_RELC internal) and an encoding of relocation field
8299 information (start bit, end bit, word width, etc) into the addend. This
8300 information is extracted from CGEN-generated operand tables within gas.
8302 Complex symbols are mangled symbols (BSF_RELC external / STT_RELC
8303 internal) representing prefix-notation expressions, including but not
8304 limited to those sorts of expressions normally encoded as addends in the
8305 addend field. The symbol mangling format is:
8308 | <unary-operator> ':' <node>
8309 | <binary-operator> ':' <node> ':' <node>
8312 <literal> := 's' <digits=N> ':' <N character symbol name>
8313 | 'S' <digits=N> ':' <N character section name>
8317 <binary-operator> := as in C
8318 <unary-operator> := as in C, plus "0-" for unambiguous negation. */
8321 set_symbol_value (bfd
*bfd_with_globals
,
8322 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8327 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
8328 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8329 size_t extsymoff
= locsymcount
;
8331 if (symidx
< locsymcount
)
8333 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8335 sym
= isymbuf
+ symidx
;
8336 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
)
8338 /* It is a local symbol: move it to the
8339 "absolute" section and give it a value. */
8340 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
8341 sym
->st_value
= val
;
8344 BFD_ASSERT (elf_bad_symtab (bfd_with_globals
));
8348 /* It is a global symbol: set its link type
8349 to "defined" and give it a value. */
8351 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (bfd_with_globals
);
8352 h
= sym_hashes
[symidx
- extsymoff
];
8353 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8354 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8355 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8356 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
8357 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
8358 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8362 resolve_symbol (const char *name
,
8364 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8366 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8369 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
8370 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*global_entry
;
8371 const char *candidate
= NULL
;
8372 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8375 symtab_hdr
= & elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8377 for (i
= 0; i
< locsymcount
; ++ i
)
8381 if (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
8384 candidate
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
8385 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
8388 printf ("Comparing string: '%s' vs. '%s' = 0x%lx\n",
8389 name
, candidate
, (unsigned long) sym
->st_value
);
8391 if (candidate
&& strcmp (candidate
, name
) == 0)
8393 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[i
];
8395 *result
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (input_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, 0);
8396 *result
+= sec
->output_offset
+ sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8398 printf ("Found symbol with value %8.8lx\n",
8399 (unsigned long) *result
);
8405 /* Hmm, haven't found it yet. perhaps it is a global. */
8406 global_entry
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->hash
, name
,
8407 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
8411 if (global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8412 || global_entry
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8414 *result
= (global_entry
->u
.def
.value
8415 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
8416 + global_entry
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
8418 printf ("Found GLOBAL symbol '%s' with value %8.8lx\n",
8419 global_entry
->root
.string
, (unsigned long) *result
);
8427 /* Looks up NAME in SECTIONS. If found sets RESULT to NAME's address (in
8428 bytes) and returns TRUE, otherwise returns FALSE. Accepts pseudo-section
8429 names like "foo.end" which is the end address of section "foo". */
8432 resolve_section (const char *name
,
8440 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8441 if (strcmp (curr
->name
, name
) == 0)
8443 *result
= curr
->vma
;
8447 /* Hmm. still haven't found it. try pseudo-section names. */
8448 /* FIXME: This could be coded more efficiently... */
8449 for (curr
= sections
; curr
; curr
= curr
->next
)
8451 len
= strlen (curr
->name
);
8452 if (len
> strlen (name
))
8455 if (strncmp (curr
->name
, name
, len
) == 0)
8457 if (strncmp (".end", name
+ len
, 4) == 0)
8459 *result
= curr
->vma
+ curr
->size
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
8463 /* Insert more pseudo-section names here, if you like. */
8471 undefined_reference (const char *reftype
, const char *name
)
8473 /* xgettext:c-format */
8474 _bfd_error_handler (_("undefined %s reference in complex symbol: %s"),
8479 eval_symbol (bfd_vma
*result
,
8482 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
8484 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
,
8493 const char *sym
= *symp
;
8495 bfd_boolean symbol_is_section
= FALSE
;
8500 if (len
< 1 || len
> sizeof (symbuf
))
8502 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8515 *result
= strtoul (sym
, (char **) symp
, 16);
8519 symbol_is_section
= TRUE
;
8523 symlen
= strtol (sym
, (char **) symp
, 10);
8524 sym
= *symp
+ 1; /* Skip the trailing ':'. */
8526 if (symend
< sym
|| symlen
+ 1 > sizeof (symbuf
))
8528 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8532 memcpy (symbuf
, sym
, symlen
);
8533 symbuf
[symlen
] = '\0';
8534 *symp
= sym
+ symlen
;
8536 /* Is it always possible, with complex symbols, that gas "mis-guessed"
8537 the symbol as a section, or vice-versa. so we're pretty liberal in our
8538 interpretation here; section means "try section first", not "must be a
8539 section", and likewise with symbol. */
8541 if (symbol_is_section
)
8543 if (!resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
, result
, input_bfd
)
8544 && !resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8545 isymbuf
, locsymcount
))
8547 undefined_reference ("section", symbuf
);
8553 if (!resolve_symbol (symbuf
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, result
,
8554 isymbuf
, locsymcount
)
8555 && !resolve_section (symbuf
, flinfo
->output_bfd
->sections
,
8558 undefined_reference ("symbol", symbuf
);
8565 /* All that remains are operators. */
8567 #define UNARY_OP(op) \
8568 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8570 sym += strlen (#op); \
8574 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8575 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8578 *result = op ((bfd_signed_vma) a); \
8584 #define BINARY_OP(op) \
8585 if (strncmp (sym, #op, strlen (#op)) == 0) \
8587 sym += strlen (#op); \
8591 if (!eval_symbol (&a, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8592 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8595 if (!eval_symbol (&b, symp, input_bfd, flinfo, dot, \
8596 isymbuf, locsymcount, signed_p)) \
8599 *result = ((bfd_signed_vma) a) op ((bfd_signed_vma) b); \
8629 _bfd_error_handler (_("unknown operator '%c' in complex symbol"), * sym
);
8630 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8636 put_value (bfd_vma size
,
8637 unsigned long chunksz
,
8642 location
+= (size
- chunksz
);
8644 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
-= chunksz
)
8649 bfd_put_8 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8653 bfd_put_16 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8657 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8658 /* Computed this way because x >>= 32 is undefined if x is a 32-bit value. */
8664 bfd_put_64 (input_bfd
, x
, location
);
8665 /* Computed this way because x >>= 64 is undefined if x is a 64-bit value. */
8678 get_value (bfd_vma size
,
8679 unsigned long chunksz
,
8686 /* Sanity checks. */
8687 BFD_ASSERT (chunksz
<= sizeof (x
)
8690 && (size
% chunksz
) == 0
8691 && input_bfd
!= NULL
8692 && location
!= NULL
);
8694 if (chunksz
== sizeof (x
))
8696 BFD_ASSERT (size
== chunksz
);
8698 /* Make sure that we do not perform an undefined shift operation.
8699 We know that size == chunksz so there will only be one iteration
8700 of the loop below. */
8704 shift
= 8 * chunksz
;
8706 for (; size
; size
-= chunksz
, location
+= chunksz
)
8711 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_8 (input_bfd
, location
);
8714 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_16 (input_bfd
, location
);
8717 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, location
);
8721 x
= (x
<< shift
) | bfd_get_64 (input_bfd
, location
);
8732 decode_complex_addend (unsigned long *start
, /* in bits */
8733 unsigned long *oplen
, /* in bits */
8734 unsigned long *len
, /* in bits */
8735 unsigned long *wordsz
, /* in bytes */
8736 unsigned long *chunksz
, /* in bytes */
8737 unsigned long *lsb0_p
,
8738 unsigned long *signed_p
,
8739 unsigned long *trunc_p
,
8740 unsigned long encoded
)
8742 * start
= encoded
& 0x3F;
8743 * len
= (encoded
>> 6) & 0x3F;
8744 * oplen
= (encoded
>> 12) & 0x3F;
8745 * wordsz
= (encoded
>> 18) & 0xF;
8746 * chunksz
= (encoded
>> 22) & 0xF;
8747 * lsb0_p
= (encoded
>> 27) & 1;
8748 * signed_p
= (encoded
>> 28) & 1;
8749 * trunc_p
= (encoded
>> 29) & 1;
8752 bfd_reloc_status_type
8753 bfd_elf_perform_complex_relocation (bfd
*input_bfd
,
8754 asection
*input_section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8756 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
8759 bfd_vma shift
, x
, mask
;
8760 unsigned long start
, oplen
, len
, wordsz
, chunksz
, lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
;
8761 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
8763 /* Perform this reloc, since it is complex.
8764 (this is not to say that it necessarily refers to a complex
8765 symbol; merely that it is a self-describing CGEN based reloc.
8766 i.e. the addend has the complete reloc information (bit start, end,
8767 word size, etc) encoded within it.). */
8769 decode_complex_addend (&start
, &oplen
, &len
, &wordsz
,
8770 &chunksz
, &lsb0_p
, &signed_p
,
8771 &trunc_p
, rel
->r_addend
);
8773 mask
= (((1L << (len
- 1)) - 1) << 1) | 1;
8776 shift
= (start
+ 1) - len
;
8778 shift
= (8 * wordsz
) - (start
+ len
);
8780 x
= get_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
,
8781 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8784 printf ("Doing complex reloc: "
8785 "lsb0? %ld, signed? %ld, trunc? %ld, wordsz %ld, "
8786 "chunksz %ld, start %ld, len %ld, oplen %ld\n"
8787 " dest: %8.8lx, mask: %8.8lx, reloc: %8.8lx\n",
8788 lsb0_p
, signed_p
, trunc_p
, wordsz
, chunksz
, start
, len
,
8789 oplen
, (unsigned long) x
, (unsigned long) mask
,
8790 (unsigned long) relocation
);
8795 /* Now do an overflow check. */
8796 r
= bfd_check_overflow ((signed_p
8797 ? complain_overflow_signed
8798 : complain_overflow_unsigned
),
8799 len
, 0, (8 * wordsz
),
8803 x
= (x
& ~(mask
<< shift
)) | ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
);
8806 printf (" relocation: %8.8lx\n"
8807 " shifted mask: %8.8lx\n"
8808 " shifted/masked reloc: %8.8lx\n"
8809 " result: %8.8lx\n",
8810 (unsigned long) relocation
, (unsigned long) (mask
<< shift
),
8811 (unsigned long) ((relocation
& mask
) << shift
), (unsigned long) x
);
8813 put_value (wordsz
, chunksz
, input_bfd
, x
,
8814 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
* bfd_octets_per_byte (input_bfd
));
8818 /* Functions to read r_offset from external (target order) reloc
8819 entry. Faster than bfd_getl32 et al, because we let the compiler
8820 know the value is aligned. */
8823 ext32l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8830 const union aligned32
*a
8831 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8833 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0]
8834 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8835 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8836 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3] << 24);
8841 ext32b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8848 const union aligned32
*a
8849 = (const union aligned32
*) &((const Elf32_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8851 uint32_t aval
= ( (uint32_t) a
->c
[0] << 24
8852 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[1] << 16
8853 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[2] << 8
8854 | (uint32_t) a
->c
[3]);
8858 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
8860 ext64l_r_offset (const void *p
)
8867 const union aligned64
*a
8868 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8870 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0]
8871 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 8
8872 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 16
8873 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 24
8874 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 32
8875 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 40
8876 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 48
8877 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7] << 56);
8882 ext64b_r_offset (const void *p
)
8889 const union aligned64
*a
8890 = (const union aligned64
*) &((const Elf64_External_Rel
*) p
)->r_offset
;
8892 uint64_t aval
= ( (uint64_t) a
->c
[0] << 56
8893 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[1] << 48
8894 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[2] << 40
8895 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[3] << 32
8896 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[4] << 24
8897 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[5] << 16
8898 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[6] << 8
8899 | (uint64_t) a
->c
[7]);
8904 /* When performing a relocatable link, the input relocations are
8905 preserved. But, if they reference global symbols, the indices
8906 referenced must be updated. Update all the relocations found in
8910 elf_link_adjust_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
8912 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
8914 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
8917 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8919 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
8920 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
8921 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
8923 unsigned int count
= reldata
->count
;
8924 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
= reldata
->hashes
;
8926 if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
)
8928 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
8929 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
8931 else if (reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
== bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
)
8933 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
8934 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
8939 if (bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
> MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
)
8942 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8949 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
8953 erela
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
8954 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, rel_hash
++, erela
+= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
)
8956 Elf_Internal_Rela irela
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
8959 if (*rel_hash
== NULL
)
8962 if ((*rel_hash
)->indx
== -2
8963 && info
->gc_sections
8964 && ! info
->gc_keep_exported
)
8966 /* PR 21524: Let the user know if a symbol was removed by garbage collection. */
8967 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: relocation references symbol %s which was removed by garbage collection"),
8969 (*rel_hash
)->root
.root
.string
);
8970 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB:%pA: error: try relinking with --gc-keep-exported enabled"),
8972 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8975 BFD_ASSERT ((*rel_hash
)->indx
>= 0);
8977 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erela
, irela
);
8978 for (j
= 0; j
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; j
++)
8979 irela
[j
].r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) (*rel_hash
)->indx
<< r_sym_shift
8980 | (irela
[j
].r_info
& r_type_mask
));
8981 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, irela
, erela
);
8984 if (bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
)
8985 (*bed
->elf_backend_update_relocs
) (sec
, reldata
);
8987 if (sort
&& count
!= 0)
8989 bfd_vma (*ext_r_off
) (const void *);
8992 bfd_byte
*base
, *end
, *p
, *loc
;
8993 bfd_byte
*buf
= NULL
;
8995 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
8997 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
8998 ext_r_off
= ext32l_r_offset
;
8999 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
9000 ext_r_off
= ext32b_r_offset
;
9006 #ifdef BFD_HOST_64_BIT
9007 if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE
)
9008 ext_r_off
= ext64l_r_offset
;
9009 else if (abfd
->xvec
->header_byteorder
== BFD_ENDIAN_BIG
)
9010 ext_r_off
= ext64b_r_offset
;
9016 /* Must use a stable sort here. A modified insertion sort,
9017 since the relocs are mostly sorted already. */
9018 elt_size
= reldata
->hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9019 base
= reldata
->hdr
->contents
;
9020 end
= base
+ count
* elt_size
;
9021 if (elt_size
> sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
))
9024 /* Ensure the first element is lowest. This acts as a sentinel,
9025 speeding the main loop below. */
9026 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (base
);
9027 for (p
= loc
= base
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9029 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9038 /* Don't just swap *base and *loc as that changes the order
9039 of the original base[0] and base[1] if they happen to
9040 have the same r_offset. */
9041 bfd_byte onebuf
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Rela
)];
9042 memcpy (onebuf
, loc
, elt_size
);
9043 memmove (base
+ elt_size
, base
, loc
- base
);
9044 memcpy (base
, onebuf
, elt_size
);
9047 for (p
= base
+ elt_size
; (p
+= elt_size
) < end
; )
9049 /* base to p is sorted, *p is next to insert. */
9050 r_off
= (*ext_r_off
) (p
);
9051 /* Search the sorted region for location to insert. */
9053 while (r_off
< (*ext_r_off
) (loc
))
9058 /* Chances are there is a run of relocs to insert here,
9059 from one of more input files. Files are not always
9060 linked in order due to the way elf_link_input_bfd is
9061 called. See pr17666. */
9062 size_t sortlen
= p
- loc
;
9063 bfd_vma r_off2
= (*ext_r_off
) (loc
);
9064 size_t runlen
= elt_size
;
9065 size_t buf_size
= 96 * 1024;
9066 while (p
+ runlen
< end
9067 && (sortlen
<= buf_size
9068 || runlen
+ elt_size
<= buf_size
)
9069 && r_off2
> (*ext_r_off
) (p
+ runlen
))
9073 buf
= bfd_malloc (buf_size
);
9077 if (runlen
< sortlen
)
9079 memcpy (buf
, p
, runlen
);
9080 memmove (loc
+ runlen
, loc
, sortlen
);
9081 memcpy (loc
, buf
, runlen
);
9085 memcpy (buf
, loc
, sortlen
);
9086 memmove (loc
, p
, runlen
);
9087 memcpy (loc
+ runlen
, buf
, sortlen
);
9089 p
+= runlen
- elt_size
;
9092 /* Hashes are no longer valid. */
9093 free (reldata
->hashes
);
9094 reldata
->hashes
= NULL
;
9100 struct elf_link_sort_rela
9106 enum elf_reloc_type_class type
;
9107 /* We use this as an array of size int_rels_per_ext_rel. */
9108 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
[1];
9111 /* qsort stability here and for cmp2 is only an issue if multiple
9112 dynamic relocations are emitted at the same address. But targets
9113 that apply a series of dynamic relocations each operating on the
9114 result of the prior relocation can't use -z combreloc as
9115 implemented anyway. Such schemes tend to be broken by sorting on
9116 symbol index. That leaves dynamic NONE relocs as the only other
9117 case where ld might emit multiple relocs at the same address, and
9118 those are only emitted due to target bugs. */
9121 elf_link_sort_cmp1 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9123 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9124 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9125 int relativea
, relativeb
;
9127 relativea
= a
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9128 relativeb
= b
->type
== reloc_class_relative
;
9130 if (relativea
< relativeb
)
9132 if (relativea
> relativeb
)
9134 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) < (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9136 if ((a
->rela
->r_info
& a
->u
.sym_mask
) > (b
->rela
->r_info
& b
->u
.sym_mask
))
9138 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9140 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9146 elf_link_sort_cmp2 (const void *A
, const void *B
)
9148 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*a
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) A
;
9149 const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*b
= (const struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) B
;
9151 if (a
->type
< b
->type
)
9153 if (a
->type
> b
->type
)
9155 if (a
->u
.offset
< b
->u
.offset
)
9157 if (a
->u
.offset
> b
->u
.offset
)
9159 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
< b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9161 if (a
->rela
->r_offset
> b
->rela
->r_offset
)
9167 elf_link_sort_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
**psec
)
9169 asection
*dynamic_relocs
;
9172 bfd_size_type count
, size
;
9173 size_t i
, ret
, sort_elt
, ext_size
;
9174 bfd_byte
*sort
, *s_non_relative
, *p
;
9175 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sq
;
9176 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9177 int i2e
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9178 unsigned int opb
= bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
9179 void (*swap_in
) (bfd
*, const bfd_byte
*, Elf_Internal_Rela
*);
9180 void (*swap_out
) (bfd
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*, bfd_byte
*);
9181 struct bfd_link_order
*lo
;
9183 bfd_boolean use_rela
;
9185 /* Find a dynamic reloc section. */
9186 rela_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.dyn");
9187 rel_dyn
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.dyn");
9188 if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0
9189 && rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9191 bfd_boolean use_rela_initialised
= FALSE
;
9193 /* This is just here to stop gcc from complaining.
9194 Its initialization checking code is not perfect. */
9197 /* Both sections are present. Examine the sizes
9198 of the indirect sections to help us choose. */
9199 for (lo
= rela_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9200 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9202 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9204 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9206 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9207 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9208 It is of no help to us. */
9212 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9213 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9215 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9216 "they are in more than one size"),
9218 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9224 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9228 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9230 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9231 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9233 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9234 "they are in more than one size"),
9236 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9242 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9247 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9248 something is wrong. */
9249 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9250 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9251 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9256 for (lo
= rel_dyn
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9257 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9259 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9261 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
) == 0)
9263 if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9264 /* Section size is divisible by both rel and rela sizes.
9265 It is of no help to us. */
9269 /* Section size is only divisible by rela. */
9270 if (use_rela_initialised
&& !use_rela
)
9272 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9273 "they are in more than one size"),
9275 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9281 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9285 else if ((o
->size
% bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
) == 0)
9287 /* Section size is only divisible by rel. */
9288 if (use_rela_initialised
&& use_rela
)
9290 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9291 "they are in more than one size"),
9293 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9299 use_rela_initialised
= TRUE
;
9304 /* The section size is not divisible by either -
9305 something is wrong. */
9306 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unable to sort relocs - "
9307 "they are of an unknown size"), abfd
);
9308 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
9313 if (! use_rela_initialised
)
9317 else if (rela_dyn
!= NULL
&& rela_dyn
->size
> 0)
9319 else if (rel_dyn
!= NULL
&& rel_dyn
->size
> 0)
9326 dynamic_relocs
= rela_dyn
;
9327 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
9328 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_in
;
9329 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
;
9333 dynamic_relocs
= rel_dyn
;
9334 ext_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
9335 swap_in
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_in
;
9336 swap_out
= bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
;
9340 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9341 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9342 size
+= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
->size
;
9344 if (size
!= dynamic_relocs
->size
)
9347 sort_elt
= (sizeof (struct elf_link_sort_rela
)
9348 + (i2e
- 1) * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
));
9350 count
= dynamic_relocs
->size
/ ext_size
;
9353 sort
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (sort_elt
* count
);
9357 (*info
->callbacks
->warning
)
9358 (info
, _("not enough memory to sort relocations"), 0, abfd
, 0, 0);
9362 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
9363 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xff;
9365 r_sym_mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffffffff;
9367 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9368 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9370 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9371 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9373 if (o
->contents
== NULL
&& o
->size
!= 0)
9375 /* This is a reloc section that is being handled as a normal
9376 section. See bfd_section_from_shdr. We can't combine
9377 relocs in this case. */
9382 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9383 p
= sort
+ o
->output_offset
* opb
/ ext_size
* sort_elt
;
9385 while (erel
< erelend
)
9387 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9389 (*swap_in
) (abfd
, erel
, s
->rela
);
9390 s
->type
= (*bed
->elf_backend_reloc_type_class
) (info
, o
, s
->rela
);
9391 s
->u
.sym_mask
= r_sym_mask
;
9397 qsort (sort
, count
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp1
);
9399 for (i
= 0, p
= sort
; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9401 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9402 if (s
->type
!= reloc_class_relative
)
9408 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) s_non_relative
;
9409 for (; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= sort_elt
)
9411 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*sp
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9412 if (((sp
->rela
->r_info
^ sq
->rela
->r_info
) & r_sym_mask
) != 0)
9414 sp
->u
.offset
= sq
->rela
->r_offset
;
9417 qsort (s_non_relative
, count
- ret
, sort_elt
, elf_link_sort_cmp2
);
9419 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
9420 if (htab
->srelplt
&& htab
->srelplt
->output_section
== dynamic_relocs
)
9422 /* We have plt relocs in .rela.dyn. */
9423 sq
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) sort
;
9424 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
9425 if (sq
[count
- i
- 1].type
!= reloc_class_plt
)
9427 if (i
!= 0 && htab
->srelplt
->size
== i
* ext_size
)
9429 struct bfd_link_order
**plo
;
9430 /* Put srelplt link_order last. This is so the output_offset
9431 set in the next loop is correct for DT_JMPREL. */
9432 for (plo
= &dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; *plo
!= NULL
; )
9433 if ((*plo
)->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
9434 && (*plo
)->u
.indirect
.section
== htab
->srelplt
)
9440 plo
= &(*plo
)->next
;
9443 dynamic_relocs
->map_tail
.link_order
= lo
;
9448 for (lo
= dynamic_relocs
->map_head
.link_order
; lo
!= NULL
; lo
= lo
->next
)
9449 if (lo
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
9451 bfd_byte
*erel
, *erelend
;
9452 asection
*o
= lo
->u
.indirect
.section
;
9455 erelend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
9456 o
->output_offset
= (p
- sort
) / sort_elt
* ext_size
/ opb
;
9457 while (erel
< erelend
)
9459 struct elf_link_sort_rela
*s
= (struct elf_link_sort_rela
*) p
;
9460 (*swap_out
) (abfd
, s
->rela
, erel
);
9467 *psec
= dynamic_relocs
;
9471 /* Add a symbol to the output symbol string table. */
9474 elf_link_output_symstrtab (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
,
9476 Elf_Internal_Sym
*elfsym
,
9477 asection
*input_sec
,
9478 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9480 int (*output_symbol_hook
)
9481 (struct bfd_link_info
*, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
9482 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
9483 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
;
9484 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9485 bfd_size_type strtabsize
;
9487 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9489 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9490 output_symbol_hook
= bed
->elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
;
9491 if (output_symbol_hook
!= NULL
)
9493 int ret
= (*output_symbol_hook
) (flinfo
->info
, name
, elfsym
, input_sec
, h
);
9498 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9499 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_ifunc
;
9500 if (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym
->st_info
) == STB_GNU_UNIQUE
)
9501 elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->has_gnu_osabi
|= elf_gnu_osabi_unique
;
9505 || (input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
9506 elfsym
->st_name
= (unsigned long) -1;
9509 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
9510 to get the final offset for st_name. */
9512 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9514 if (elfsym
->st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9518 hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9519 strtabsize
= hash_table
->strtabsize
;
9520 if (strtabsize
<= hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9522 strtabsize
+= strtabsize
;
9523 hash_table
->strtabsize
= strtabsize
;
9524 strtabsize
*= sizeof (*hash_table
->strtab
);
9526 = (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_realloc (hash_table
->strtab
,
9528 if (hash_table
->strtab
== NULL
)
9531 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].sym
= *elfsym
;
9532 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].dest_index
9533 = hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9534 hash_table
->strtab
[hash_table
->strtabcount
].destshndx_index
9535 = flinfo
->symshndxbuf
? bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
) : 0;
9537 flinfo
->output_bfd
->symcount
+= 1;
9538 hash_table
->strtabcount
+= 1;
9543 /* Swap symbols out to the symbol table and flush the output symbols to
9547 elf_link_swap_symbols_out (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
9549 struct elf_link_hash_table
*hash_table
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
9552 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9554 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9558 if (!hash_table
->strtabcount
)
9561 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (flinfo
->output_bfd
));
9563 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9565 amt
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
* hash_table
->strtabcount
;
9566 symbuf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
9570 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
)
9572 amt
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
9573 amt
*= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9574 flinfo
->symshndxbuf
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
9575 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
== NULL
)
9582 for (i
= 0; i
< hash_table
->strtabcount
; i
++)
9584 struct elf_sym_strtab
*elfsym
= &hash_table
->strtab
[i
];
9585 if (elfsym
->sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
9586 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
= 0;
9589 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (flinfo
->symstrtab
,
9590 elfsym
->sym
.st_name
);
9591 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &elfsym
->sym
,
9592 ((bfd_byte
*) symbuf
9593 + (elfsym
->dest_index
9594 * bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)),
9595 (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
9596 + elfsym
->destshndx_index
));
9599 /* Allow the linker to examine the strtab and symtab now they are
9602 if (flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab
)
9603 flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->examine_strtab (hash_table
->strtab
,
9604 hash_table
->strtabcount
,
9607 hdr
= &elf_tdata (flinfo
->output_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
9608 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
9609 amt
= hash_table
->strtabcount
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9610 if (bfd_seek (flinfo
->output_bfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) == 0
9611 && bfd_bwrite (symbuf
, amt
, flinfo
->output_bfd
) == amt
)
9613 hdr
->sh_size
+= amt
;
9621 free (hash_table
->strtab
);
9622 hash_table
->strtab
= NULL
;
9627 /* Return TRUE if the dynamic symbol SYM in ABFD is supported. */
9630 check_dynsym (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9632 if (sym
->st_shndx
>= (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff)
9633 && sym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
)
9635 /* The gABI doesn't support dynamic symbols in output sections
9638 /* xgettext:c-format */
9639 (_("%pB: too many sections: %d (>= %d)"),
9640 abfd
, bfd_count_sections (abfd
), SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff);
9641 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
9647 /* For DSOs loaded in via a DT_NEEDED entry, emulate ld.so in
9648 allowing an unsatisfied unversioned symbol in the DSO to match a
9649 versioned symbol that would normally require an explicit version.
9650 We also handle the case that a DSO references a hidden symbol
9651 which may be satisfied by a versioned symbol in another DSO. */
9654 elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9655 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
9656 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
9659 struct elf_link_loaded_list
*loaded
;
9661 if (!is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
9664 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9665 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9666 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9668 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9674 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9675 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9676 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
;
9678 || (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9679 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd
) & DYN_DT_NEEDED
) == 0)
9683 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9684 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
9685 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9688 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
9689 abfd
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
->owner
;
9692 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
);
9694 for (loaded
= elf_hash_table (info
)->loaded
;
9696 loaded
= loaded
->next
)
9699 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9703 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*versymhdr
;
9704 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
9705 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
9706 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
9707 Elf_External_Versym
*ever
;
9708 Elf_External_Versym
*extversym
;
9710 input
= loaded
->abfd
;
9712 /* We check each DSO for a possible hidden versioned definition. */
9714 || (input
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0
9715 || elf_dynversym (input
) == 0)
9718 hdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
9720 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
9721 if (elf_bad_symtab (input
))
9723 extsymcount
= symcount
;
9728 extsymcount
= symcount
- hdr
->sh_info
;
9729 extsymoff
= hdr
->sh_info
;
9732 if (extsymcount
== 0)
9735 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input
, hdr
, extsymcount
, extsymoff
,
9737 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
9740 /* Read in any version definitions. */
9741 versymhdr
= &elf_tdata (input
)->dynversym_hdr
;
9742 extversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) bfd_malloc (versymhdr
->sh_size
);
9743 if (extversym
== NULL
)
9746 if (bfd_seek (input
, versymhdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
9747 || (bfd_bread (extversym
, versymhdr
->sh_size
, input
)
9748 != versymhdr
->sh_size
))
9756 ever
= extversym
+ extsymoff
;
9757 isymend
= isymbuf
+ extsymcount
;
9758 for (isym
= isymbuf
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++, ever
++)
9761 Elf_Internal_Versym iver
;
9762 unsigned short version_index
;
9764 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) == STB_LOCAL
9765 || isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
9768 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input
,
9771 if (strcmp (name
, h
->root
.root
.string
) != 0)
9774 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (input
, ever
, &iver
);
9776 if ((iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0
9778 && h
->forced_local
))
9780 /* If we have a non-hidden versioned sym, then it should
9781 have provided a definition for the undefined sym unless
9782 it is defined in a non-shared object and forced local.
9787 version_index
= iver
.vs_vers
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
9788 if (version_index
== 1 || version_index
== 2)
9790 /* This is the base or first version. We can use it. */
9804 /* Convert ELF common symbol TYPE. */
9807 elf_link_convert_common_type (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int type
)
9809 /* Commom symbol can only appear in relocatable link. */
9810 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
9812 switch (info
->elf_stt_common
)
9816 case elf_stt_common
:
9819 case no_elf_stt_common
:
9826 /* Add an external symbol to the symbol table. This is called from
9827 the hash table traversal routine. When generating a shared object,
9828 we go through the symbol table twice. The first time we output
9829 anything that might have been forced to local scope in a version
9830 script. The second time we output the symbols that are still
9834 elf_link_output_extsym (struct bfd_hash_entry
*bh
, void *data
)
9836 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
9837 struct elf_outext_info
*eoinfo
= (struct elf_outext_info
*) data
;
9838 struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
= eoinfo
->flinfo
;
9840 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
9841 asection
*input_sec
;
9842 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9847 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
9849 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9850 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9854 /* Decide whether to output this symbol in this pass. */
9855 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
)
9857 if (!h
->forced_local
)
9862 if (h
->forced_local
)
9866 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
9868 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9870 /* If we have an undefined symbol reference here then it must have
9871 come from a shared library that is being linked in. (Undefined
9872 references in regular files have already been handled unless
9873 they are in unreferenced sections which are removed by garbage
9875 bfd_boolean ignore_undef
= FALSE
;
9877 /* Some symbols may be special in that the fact that they're
9878 undefined can be safely ignored - let backend determine that. */
9879 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol
)
9880 ignore_undef
= bed
->elf_backend_ignore_undef_symbol (h
);
9882 /* If we are reporting errors for this situation then do so now. */
9884 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9885 && (!h
->ref_regular
|| flinfo
->info
->gc_sections
)
9886 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
)
9887 && flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
!= RM_IGNORE
)
9888 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
9889 (flinfo
->info
, h
->root
.root
.string
,
9890 h
->ref_regular
? NULL
: h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
,
9892 flinfo
->info
->unresolved_syms_in_shared_libs
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
);
9894 /* Strip a global symbol defined in a discarded section. */
9899 /* We should also warn if a forced local symbol is referenced from
9900 shared libraries. */
9901 if (bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
9906 && h
->ref_dynamic_nonweak
9907 && !elf_link_check_versioned_symbol (flinfo
->info
, bed
, h
))
9911 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hi
= h
;
9913 /* Check indirect symbol. */
9914 while (hi
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
9915 hi
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hi
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
9917 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
9918 /* xgettext:c-format */
9919 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9920 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_HIDDEN
)
9921 /* xgettext:c-format */
9922 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9924 /* xgettext:c-format */
9925 msg
= _("%pB: local symbol `%s' in %pB is referenced by DSO");
9926 def_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
9927 if (hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9928 def_bfd
= hi
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
9929 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
,
9930 h
->root
.root
.string
, def_bfd
);
9931 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9932 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
9936 /* We don't want to output symbols that have never been mentioned by
9937 a regular file, or that we have been told to strip. However, if
9938 h->indx is set to -2, the symbol is used by a reloc and we must
9943 else if ((h
->def_dynamic
9945 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
9949 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
9951 else if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
9952 && bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
9953 h
->root
.root
.string
, FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
)
9955 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9956 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
9957 && ((flinfo
->info
->strip_discarded
9958 && discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
9959 || ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
9960 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
9961 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)))
9963 else if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
9964 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
9965 && h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
!= NULL
9966 && (h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
9971 /* If we're stripping it, and it's not a dynamic symbol, there's
9972 nothing else to do. However, if it is a forced local symbol or
9973 an ifunc symbol we need to give the backend finish_dynamic_symbol
9974 function a chance to make it dynamic. */
9977 && type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
9978 && !h
->forced_local
)
9982 sym
.st_size
= h
->size
;
9983 sym
.st_other
= h
->other
;
9984 switch (h
->root
.type
)
9987 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
9988 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
9992 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
9993 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
9994 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
9995 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9998 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
9999 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10001 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10002 if (input_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
10005 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (flinfo
->output_bfd
,
10006 input_sec
->output_section
);
10007 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10010 /* xgettext:c-format */
10011 (_("%pB: could not find output section %pA for input section %pA"),
10012 flinfo
->output_bfd
, input_sec
->output_section
, input_sec
);
10013 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
10014 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10018 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative,
10019 but in nonrelocatable files they are virtual
10021 sym
.st_value
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
+ input_sec
->output_offset
;
10022 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10024 sym
.st_value
+= input_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
10025 if (h
->type
== STT_TLS
)
10027 asection
*tls_sec
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
;
10028 if (tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10029 sym
.st_value
-= tls_sec
->vma
;
10035 BFD_ASSERT (input_sec
->owner
== NULL
10036 || (input_sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0);
10037 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10038 input_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10043 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10044 input_sec
= h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
10045 sym
.st_shndx
= bed
->common_section_index (input_sec
);
10046 sym
.st_value
= 1 << h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->alignment_power
;
10049 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
10050 /* These symbols are created by symbol versioning. They point
10051 to the decorated version of the name. For example, if the
10052 symbol foo@@GNU_1.2 is the default, which should be used when
10053 foo is used with no version, then we add an indirect symbol
10054 foo which points to foo@@GNU_1.2. We ignore these symbols,
10055 since the indirected symbol is already in the hash table. */
10059 if (type
== STT_COMMON
|| type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10060 switch (h
->root
.type
)
10062 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
10063 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10065 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
10066 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
10067 if (bed
->common_definition (&sym
))
10068 type
= elf_link_convert_common_type (flinfo
->info
, type
);
10072 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
10073 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
10079 if (h
->forced_local
)
10081 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, type
);
10082 /* Turn off visibility on local symbol. */
10083 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
10085 /* Set STB_GNU_UNIQUE only if symbol is defined in regular object. */
10086 else if (h
->unique_global
&& h
->def_regular
)
10087 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GNU_UNIQUE
, type
);
10088 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
10089 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10090 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_WEAK
, type
);
10092 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
10093 sym
.st_target_internal
= h
->target_internal
;
10095 /* Give the processor backend a chance to tweak the symbol value,
10096 and also to finish up anything that needs to be done for this
10097 symbol. FIXME: Not calling elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol for
10098 forced local syms when non-shared is due to a historical quirk.
10099 STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol must go through PLT. */
10100 if ((h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
10102 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10103 || ((h
->dynindx
!= -1
10104 || h
->forced_local
)
10105 && ((bfd_link_pic (flinfo
->info
)
10106 && (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
10107 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
10108 || !h
->forced_local
)
10109 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
))
10111 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol
)
10112 (flinfo
->output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, h
, &sym
)))
10114 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10119 /* If we are marking the symbol as undefined, and there are no
10120 non-weak references to this symbol from a regular object, then
10121 mark the symbol as weak undefined; if there are non-weak
10122 references, mark the symbol as strong. We can't do this earlier,
10123 because it might not be marked as undefined until the
10124 finish_dynamic_symbol routine gets through with it. */
10125 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10127 && (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_GLOBAL
10128 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) == STB_WEAK
))
10131 type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
);
10133 /* Turn an undefined IFUNC symbol into a normal FUNC symbol. */
10134 if (type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
10137 if (h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
10138 bindtype
= STB_GLOBAL
;
10140 bindtype
= STB_WEAK
;
10141 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bindtype
, type
);
10144 /* If this is a symbol defined in a dynamic library, don't use the
10145 symbol size from the dynamic library. Relinking an executable
10146 against a new library may introduce gratuitous changes in the
10147 executable's symbols if we keep the size. */
10148 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
10153 /* If a non-weak symbol with non-default visibility is not defined
10154 locally, it is a fatal error. */
10155 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
10156 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) != STV_DEFAULT
10157 && ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_WEAK
10158 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
10159 && !h
->def_regular
)
10163 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_PROTECTED
)
10164 /* xgettext:c-format */
10165 msg
= _("%pB: protected symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10166 else if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
.st_other
) == STV_INTERNAL
)
10167 /* xgettext:c-format */
10168 msg
= _("%pB: internal symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10170 /* xgettext:c-format */
10171 msg
= _("%pB: hidden symbol `%s' isn't defined");
10172 _bfd_error_handler (msg
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10173 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10174 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10178 /* If this symbol should be put in the .dynsym section, then put it
10179 there now. We already know the symbol index. We also fill in
10180 the entry in the .hash section. */
10181 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10182 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10183 && elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
!= NULL
10184 && !discarded_section (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
))
10188 /* Since there is no version information in the dynamic string,
10189 if there is no version info in symbol version section, we will
10190 have a run-time problem if not linking executable, referenced
10191 by shared library, or not bound locally. */
10192 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10193 && (!bfd_link_executable (flinfo
->info
)
10195 || !h
->def_regular
))
10197 char *p
= strrchr (h
->root
.root
.string
, ELF_VER_CHR
);
10199 if (p
&& p
[1] != '\0')
10202 /* xgettext:c-format */
10203 (_("%pB: no symbol version section for versioned symbol `%s'"),
10204 flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->root
.root
.string
);
10205 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10210 sym
.st_name
= h
->dynstr_index
;
10211 esym
= (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->dynsym
->contents
10212 + h
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
10213 if (!check_dynsym (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
))
10215 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10218 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &sym
, esym
, 0);
10220 if (flinfo
->hash_sec
!= NULL
)
10222 size_t hash_entry_size
;
10223 bfd_byte
*bucketpos
;
10225 size_t bucketcount
;
10228 bucketcount
= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->bucketcount
;
10229 bucket
= h
->u
.elf_hash_value
% bucketcount
;
10232 = elf_section_data (flinfo
->hash_sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
10233 bucketpos
= ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10234 + (bucket
+ 2) * hash_entry_size
);
10235 chain
= bfd_get (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, bucketpos
);
10236 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
,
10238 bfd_put (8 * hash_entry_size
, flinfo
->output_bfd
, chain
,
10239 ((bfd_byte
*) flinfo
->hash_sec
->contents
10240 + (bucketcount
+ 2 + h
->dynindx
) * hash_entry_size
));
10243 if (flinfo
->symver_sec
!= NULL
&& flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
!= NULL
)
10245 Elf_Internal_Versym iversym
;
10246 Elf_External_Versym
*eversym
;
10248 if (!h
->def_regular
)
10250 if (h
->verinfo
.verdef
== NULL
10251 || (elf_dyn_lib_class (h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_bfd
)
10252 & (DYN_AS_NEEDED
| DYN_DT_NEEDED
| DYN_NO_NEEDED
)))
10253 iversym
.vs_vers
= 0;
10255 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.verdef
->vd_exp_refno
+ 1;
10259 if (h
->verinfo
.vertree
== NULL
)
10260 iversym
.vs_vers
= 1;
10262 iversym
.vs_vers
= h
->verinfo
.vertree
->vernum
+ 1;
10263 if (flinfo
->info
->create_default_symver
)
10267 /* Turn on VERSYM_HIDDEN only if the hidden versioned symbol is
10268 defined locally. */
10269 if (h
->versioned
== versioned_hidden
&& h
->def_regular
)
10270 iversym
.vs_vers
|= VERSYM_HIDDEN
;
10272 eversym
= (Elf_External_Versym
*) flinfo
->symver_sec
->contents
;
10273 eversym
+= h
->dynindx
;
10274 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (flinfo
->output_bfd
, &iversym
, eversym
);
10278 /* If the symbol is undefined, and we didn't output it to .dynsym,
10279 strip it from .symtab too. Obviously we can't do this for
10280 relocatable output or when needed for --emit-relocs. */
10281 else if (input_sec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
10283 /* PR 22319 Do not strip global undefined symbols marked as being needed. */
10284 && (h
->mark
!= 1 || ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
) != STB_GLOBAL
)
10285 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10288 /* Also strip others that we couldn't earlier due to dynamic symbol
10292 if ((input_sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
10295 /* Output a FILE symbol so that following locals are not associated
10296 with the wrong input file. We need one for forced local symbols
10297 if we've seen more than one FILE symbol or when we have exactly
10298 one FILE symbol but global symbols are present in a file other
10299 than the one with the FILE symbol. We also need one if linker
10300 defined symbols are present. In practice these conditions are
10301 always met, so just emit the FILE symbol unconditionally. */
10302 if (eoinfo
->localsyms
10303 && !eoinfo
->file_sym_done
10304 && eoinfo
->flinfo
->filesym_count
!= 0)
10306 Elf_Internal_Sym fsym
;
10308 memset (&fsym
, 0, sizeof (fsym
));
10309 fsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10310 fsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10311 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (eoinfo
->flinfo
, NULL
, &fsym
,
10312 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
))
10315 eoinfo
->file_sym_done
= TRUE
;
10318 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (flinfo
->output_bfd
);
10319 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, h
->root
.root
.string
, &sym
,
10323 eoinfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
10328 else if (h
->indx
== -2)
10334 /* Return TRUE if special handling is done for relocs in SEC against
10335 symbols defined in discarded sections. */
10338 elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
10340 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10342 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
10344 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
10345 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
10346 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
10352 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
10353 if (bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
!= NULL
10354 && (*bed
->elf_backend_ignore_discarded_relocs
) (sec
))
10360 /* Return a mask saying how ld should treat relocations in SEC against
10361 symbols defined in discarded sections. If this function returns
10362 COMPLAIN set, ld will issue a warning message. If this function
10363 returns PRETEND set, and the discarded section was link-once and the
10364 same size as the kept link-once section, ld will pretend that the
10365 symbol was actually defined in the kept section. Otherwise ld will
10366 zero the reloc (at least that is the intent, but some cooperation by
10367 the target dependent code is needed, particularly for REL targets). */
10370 _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
10372 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
10375 if (strcmp (".eh_frame", sec
->name
) == 0)
10378 if (strcmp (".gcc_except_table", sec
->name
) == 0)
10381 return COMPLAIN
| PRETEND
;
10384 /* Find a match between a section and a member of a section group. */
10387 match_group_member (asection
*sec
, asection
*group
,
10388 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10390 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (group
);
10391 asection
*s
= first
;
10395 if (bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (s
, sec
, info
))
10398 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
10406 /* Check if the kept section of a discarded section SEC can be used
10407 to replace it. Return the replacement if it is OK. Otherwise return
10411 _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (asection
*sec
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
10415 kept
= sec
->kept_section
;
10418 if ((kept
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
10419 kept
= match_group_member (sec
, kept
, info
);
10421 && ((sec
->rawsize
!= 0 ? sec
->rawsize
: sec
->size
)
10422 != (kept
->rawsize
!= 0 ? kept
->rawsize
: kept
->size
)))
10424 sec
->kept_section
= kept
;
10429 /* Link an input file into the linker output file. This function
10430 handles all the sections and relocations of the input file at once.
10431 This is so that we only have to read the local symbols once, and
10432 don't have to keep them in memory. */
10435 elf_link_input_bfd (struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
, bfd
*input_bfd
)
10437 int (*relocate_section
)
10438 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, asection
*, bfd_byte
*,
10439 Elf_Internal_Rela
*, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
**);
10441 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10442 size_t locsymcount
;
10444 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
;
10445 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
10446 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
10448 asection
**ppsection
;
10450 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
10451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
10452 bfd_size_type address_size
;
10453 bfd_vma r_type_mask
;
10455 bfd_boolean have_file_sym
= FALSE
;
10457 output_bfd
= flinfo
->output_bfd
;
10458 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
10459 relocate_section
= bed
->elf_backend_relocate_section
;
10461 /* If this is a dynamic object, we don't want to do anything here:
10462 we don't want the local symbols, and we don't want the section
10464 if ((input_bfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
10467 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10468 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10470 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
10475 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10476 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10479 /* Read the local symbols. */
10480 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
10481 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& locsymcount
!= 0)
10483 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, locsymcount
, 0,
10484 flinfo
->internal_syms
,
10485 flinfo
->external_syms
,
10486 flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
10487 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
10491 /* Find local symbol sections and adjust values of symbols in
10492 SEC_MERGE sections. Write out those local symbols we know are
10493 going into the output file. */
10494 isymend
= isymbuf
+ locsymcount
;
10495 for (isym
= isymbuf
, pindex
= flinfo
->indices
, ppsection
= flinfo
->sections
;
10497 isym
++, pindex
++, ppsection
++)
10501 Elf_Internal_Sym osym
;
10507 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10509 if (ELF_ST_BIND (isym
->st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
10516 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
10517 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10518 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
10519 isec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
10520 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
10521 isec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
10524 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (input_bfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
10527 /* Don't attempt to output symbols with st_shnx in the
10528 reserved range other than SHN_ABS and SHN_COMMON. */
10529 isec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
10531 else if (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
10532 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
)
10534 _bfd_merged_section_offset (output_bfd
, &isec
,
10535 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
,
10541 /* Don't output the first, undefined, symbol. In fact, don't
10542 output any undefined local symbol. */
10543 if (isec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
10546 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10548 /* We never output section symbols. Instead, we use the
10549 section symbol of the corresponding section in the output
10554 /* If we are stripping all symbols, we don't want to output this
10556 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
10559 /* If we are discarding all local symbols, we don't want to
10560 output this one. If we are generating a relocatable output
10561 file, then some of the local symbols may be required by
10562 relocs; we output them below as we discover that they are
10564 if (flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_all
)
10567 /* If this symbol is defined in a section which we are
10568 discarding, we don't need to keep it. */
10569 if (isym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
10570 && isym
->st_shndx
< SHN_LORESERVE
10571 && bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
,
10572 isec
->output_section
))
10575 /* Get the name of the symbol. */
10576 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10581 /* See if we are discarding symbols with this name. */
10582 if ((flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
10583 && (bfd_hash_lookup (flinfo
->info
->keep_hash
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
)
10585 || (((flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_sec_merge
10586 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
10587 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10588 || flinfo
->info
->discard
== discard_l
)
10589 && bfd_is_local_label_name (input_bfd
, name
)))
10592 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_FILE
)
10594 if (input_bfd
->lto_output
)
10595 /* -flto puts a temp file name here. This means builds
10596 are not reproducible. Discard the symbol. */
10598 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10599 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10601 if (!have_file_sym
)
10603 /* In the absence of debug info, bfd_find_nearest_line uses
10604 FILE symbols to determine the source file for local
10605 function symbols. Provide a FILE symbol here if input
10606 files lack such, so that their symbols won't be
10607 associated with a previous input file. It's not the
10608 source file, but the best we can do. */
10609 have_file_sym
= TRUE
;
10610 flinfo
->filesym_count
+= 1;
10611 memset (&osym
, 0, sizeof (osym
));
10612 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
10613 osym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10614 if (!elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
,
10615 (input_bfd
->lto_output
? NULL
10616 : input_bfd
->filename
),
10617 &osym
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
10624 /* Adjust the section index for the output file. */
10625 osym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10626 isec
->output_section
);
10627 if (osym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10630 /* ELF symbols in relocatable files are section relative, but
10631 in executable files they are virtual addresses. Note that
10632 this code assumes that all ELF sections have an associated
10633 BFD section with a reasonable value for output_offset; below
10634 we assume that they also have a reasonable value for
10635 output_section. Any special sections must be set up to meet
10636 these requirements. */
10637 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_offset
;
10638 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10640 osym
.st_value
+= isec
->output_section
->vma
;
10641 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (osym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
10643 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS segment base. */
10644 if (elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
10645 osym
.st_value
-= elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->tls_sec
->vma
;
10647 osym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (osym
.st_info
),
10652 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10653 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &osym
, isec
, NULL
);
10660 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
10662 r_type_mask
= 0xff;
10668 r_type_mask
= 0xffffffff;
10673 /* Relocate the contents of each section. */
10674 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
10675 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
10677 bfd_byte
*contents
;
10679 if (! o
->linker_mark
)
10681 /* This section was omitted from the link. */
10685 if (!flinfo
->info
->resolve_section_groups
10686 && (o
->flags
& (SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_GROUP
)) == SEC_GROUP
)
10688 /* Deal with the group signature symbol. */
10689 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (o
);
10690 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
10691 asection
*osec
= o
->output_section
;
10693 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
));
10694 if (symndx
>= locsymcount
10695 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10696 && flinfo
->sections
[symndx
] == NULL
))
10698 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= sym_hashes
[symndx
- extsymoff
];
10699 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10700 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10701 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10702 /* Arrange for symbol to be output. */
10704 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= -2;
10706 else if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isymbuf
[symndx
].st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
10708 /* We'll use the output section target_index. */
10709 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10710 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= sec
->target_index
;
10714 if (flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] == -1)
10716 /* Otherwise output the local symbol now. */
10717 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
= isymbuf
[symndx
];
10718 asection
*sec
= flinfo
->sections
[symndx
]->output_section
;
10723 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
10724 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
10729 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
10731 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
10734 sym
.st_value
+= o
->output_offset
;
10736 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
10737 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
, &sym
, o
,
10742 flinfo
->indices
[symndx
] = indx
;
10746 elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
10747 = flinfo
->indices
[symndx
];
10751 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
10752 || (o
->size
== 0 && (o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0))
10755 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
10757 /* Section was created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections
10762 /* Get the contents of the section. They have been cached by a
10763 relaxation routine. Note that o is a section in an input
10764 file, so the contents field will not have been set by any of
10765 the routines which work on output files. */
10766 if (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
10768 contents
= elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
10769 if (bed
->caches_rawsize
10771 && o
->rawsize
< o
->size
)
10773 memcpy (flinfo
->contents
, contents
, o
->rawsize
);
10774 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10779 contents
= flinfo
->contents
;
10780 if (! bfd_get_full_section_contents (input_bfd
, o
, &contents
))
10784 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
10786 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
10787 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
10788 int action_discarded
;
10791 /* Get the swapped relocs. */
10793 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (input_bfd
, o
, flinfo
->external_relocs
,
10794 flinfo
->internal_relocs
, FALSE
);
10795 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
10796 && o
->reloc_count
> 0)
10799 /* We need to reverse-copy input .ctors/.dtors sections if
10800 they are placed in .init_array/.finit_array for output. */
10801 if (o
->size
> address_size
10802 && ((strncmp (o
->name
, ".ctors", 6) == 0
10803 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10804 ".init_array") == 0)
10805 || (strncmp (o
->name
, ".dtors", 6) == 0
10806 && strcmp (o
->output_section
->name
,
10807 ".fini_array") == 0))
10808 && (o
->name
[6] == 0 || o
->name
[6] == '.'))
10810 if (o
->size
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
10811 != o
->reloc_count
* address_size
)
10814 /* xgettext:c-format */
10815 (_("error: %pB: size of section %pA is not "
10816 "multiple of address size"),
10818 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10821 o
->flags
|= SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
;
10824 action_discarded
= -1;
10825 if (!elf_section_ignore_discarded_relocs (o
))
10826 action_discarded
= (*bed
->action_discarded
) (o
);
10828 /* Run through the relocs evaluating complex reloc symbols and
10829 looking for relocs against symbols from discarded sections
10830 or section symbols from removed link-once sections.
10831 Complain about relocs against discarded sections. Zero
10832 relocs against removed link-once sections. */
10834 rel
= internal_relocs
;
10835 relend
= rel
+ o
->reloc_count
;
10836 for ( ; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
10838 unsigned long r_symndx
= rel
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
10839 unsigned int s_type
;
10840 asection
**ps
, *sec
;
10841 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
10842 const char *sym_name
;
10844 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
10847 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
10848 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
10849 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
10851 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10853 /* Badly formatted input files can contain relocs that
10854 reference non-existant symbols. Check here so that
10855 we do not seg fault. */
10859 /* xgettext:c-format */
10860 (_("error: %pB contains a reloc (%#" PRIx64
") for section %pA "
10861 "that references a non-existent global symbol"),
10862 input_bfd
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_info
, o
);
10863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10867 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10868 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10869 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10873 /* If a plugin symbol is referenced from a non-IR file,
10874 mark the symbol as undefined. Note that the
10875 linker may attach linker created dynamic sections
10876 to the plugin bfd. Symbols defined in linker
10877 created sections are not plugin symbols. */
10878 if ((h
->root
.non_ir_ref_regular
10879 || h
->root
.non_ir_ref_dynamic
)
10880 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10881 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10882 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
10883 & SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
10884 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= NULL
10885 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
->flags
10886 & BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
10888 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_undefined
;
10889 h
->root
.u
.undef
.abfd
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
;
10893 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10894 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10895 ps
= &h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10897 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10901 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
10903 s_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
);
10904 ps
= &flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
10905 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10909 if ((s_type
== STT_RELC
|| s_type
== STT_SRELC
)
10910 && !bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
10913 bfd_vma dot
= (rel
->r_offset
10914 + o
->output_offset
+ o
->output_section
->vma
);
10916 printf ("Encountered a complex symbol!");
10917 printf (" (input_bfd %s, section %s, reloc %ld\n",
10918 input_bfd
->filename
, o
->name
,
10919 (long) (rel
- internal_relocs
));
10920 printf (" symbol: idx %8.8lx, name %s\n",
10921 r_symndx
, sym_name
);
10922 printf (" reloc : info %8.8lx, addr %8.8lx\n",
10923 (unsigned long) rel
->r_info
,
10924 (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
10926 if (!eval_symbol (&val
, &sym_name
, input_bfd
, flinfo
, dot
,
10927 isymbuf
, locsymcount
, s_type
== STT_SRELC
))
10930 /* Symbol evaluated OK. Update to absolute value. */
10931 set_symbol_value (input_bfd
, isymbuf
, locsymcount
,
10936 if (action_discarded
!= -1 && ps
!= NULL
)
10938 /* Complain if the definition comes from a
10939 discarded section. */
10940 if ((sec
= *ps
) != NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10942 BFD_ASSERT (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
);
10943 if (action_discarded
& COMPLAIN
)
10944 (*flinfo
->info
->callbacks
->einfo
)
10945 /* xgettext:c-format */
10946 (_("%X`%s' referenced in section `%pA' of %pB: "
10947 "defined in discarded section `%pA' of %pB\n"),
10948 sym_name
, o
, input_bfd
, sec
, sec
->owner
);
10950 /* Try to do the best we can to support buggy old
10951 versions of gcc. Pretend that the symbol is
10952 really defined in the kept linkonce section.
10953 FIXME: This is quite broken. Modifying the
10954 symbol here means we will be changing all later
10955 uses of the symbol, not just in this section. */
10956 if (action_discarded
& PRETEND
)
10960 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (sec
,
10972 /* Relocate the section by invoking a back end routine.
10974 The back end routine is responsible for adjusting the
10975 section contents as necessary, and (if using Rela relocs
10976 and generating a relocatable output file) adjusting the
10977 reloc addend as necessary.
10979 The back end routine does not have to worry about setting
10980 the reloc address or the reloc symbol index.
10982 The back end routine is given a pointer to the swapped in
10983 internal symbols, and can access the hash table entries
10984 for the external symbols via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
10986 When generating relocatable output, the back end routine
10987 must handle STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The
10988 output symbol is going to be a section symbol
10989 corresponding to the output section, which will require
10990 the addend to be adjusted. */
10992 ret
= (*relocate_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
10993 input_bfd
, o
, contents
,
11001 || bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
)
11002 || flinfo
->info
->emitrelocations
)
11004 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irela
;
11005 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelaend
, *irelamid
;
11006 bfd_vma last_offset
;
11007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash
;
11008 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_list
, **rela_hash_list
;
11009 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*input_rel_hdr
, *input_rela_hdr
;
11010 unsigned int next_erel
;
11011 bfd_boolean rela_normal
;
11012 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
, *esdo
;
11014 esdi
= elf_section_data (o
);
11015 esdo
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
);
11016 rela_normal
= FALSE
;
11018 /* Adjust the reloc addresses and symbol indices. */
11020 irela
= internal_relocs
;
11021 irelaend
= irela
+ o
->reloc_count
;
11022 rel_hash
= esdo
->rel
.hashes
+ esdo
->rel
.count
;
11023 /* We start processing the REL relocs, if any. When we reach
11024 IRELAMID in the loop, we switch to the RELA relocs. */
11026 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11027 irelamid
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
)
11028 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11029 rel_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11030 rela_hash_list
= NULL
;
11031 last_offset
= o
->output_offset
;
11032 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11033 last_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11034 for (next_erel
= 0; irela
< irelaend
; irela
++, next_erel
++)
11036 unsigned long r_symndx
;
11038 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
11040 if (next_erel
== bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
11046 if (irela
== irelamid
)
11048 rel_hash
= esdo
->rela
.hashes
+ esdo
->rela
.count
;
11049 rela_hash_list
= rel_hash
;
11050 rela_normal
= bed
->rela_normal
;
11053 irela
->r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
,
11056 if (irela
->r_offset
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
11058 /* This is a reloc for a deleted entry or somesuch.
11059 Turn it into an R_*_NONE reloc, at the same
11060 offset as the last reloc. elf_eh_frame.c and
11061 bfd_elf_discard_info rely on reloc offsets
11063 irela
->r_offset
= last_offset
;
11065 irela
->r_addend
= 0;
11069 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_offset
;
11071 /* Relocs in an executable have to be virtual addresses. */
11072 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11073 irela
->r_offset
+= o
->output_section
->vma
;
11075 last_offset
= irela
->r_offset
;
11077 r_symndx
= irela
->r_info
>> r_sym_shift
;
11078 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11081 if (r_symndx
>= locsymcount
11082 || (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)
11083 && flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
] == NULL
))
11085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rh
;
11086 unsigned long indx
;
11088 /* This is a reloc against a global symbol. We
11089 have not yet output all the local symbols, so
11090 we do not know the symbol index of any global
11091 symbol. We set the rel_hash entry for this
11092 reloc to point to the global hash table entry
11093 for this symbol. The symbol index is then
11094 set at the end of bfd_elf_final_link. */
11095 indx
= r_symndx
- extsymoff
;
11096 rh
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
)[indx
];
11097 while (rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
11098 || rh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
11099 rh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) rh
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
11101 /* Setting the index to -2 tells
11102 elf_link_output_extsym that this symbol is
11103 used by a reloc. */
11104 BFD_ASSERT (rh
->indx
< 0);
11111 /* This is a reloc against a local symbol. */
11114 sym
= isymbuf
[r_symndx
];
11115 sec
= flinfo
->sections
[r_symndx
];
11116 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
11118 /* I suppose the backend ought to fill in the
11119 section of any STT_SECTION symbol against a
11120 processor specific section. */
11121 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
11122 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
11124 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
11126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11131 asection
*osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11133 /* If we have discarded a section, the output
11134 section will be the absolute section. In
11135 case of discarded SEC_MERGE sections, use
11136 the kept section. relocate_section should
11137 have already handled discarded linkonce
11139 if (bfd_is_abs_section (osec
)
11140 && sec
->kept_section
!= NULL
11141 && sec
->kept_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
11143 osec
= sec
->kept_section
->output_section
;
11144 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11147 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (osec
))
11149 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11150 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
11152 irela
->r_addend
+= osec
->vma
;
11153 osec
= _bfd_nearby_section (output_bfd
, osec
,
11155 irela
->r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
11156 r_symndx
= osec
->target_index
;
11161 /* Adjust the addend according to where the
11162 section winds up in the output section. */
11164 irela
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11168 if (flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] == -1)
11170 unsigned long shlink
;
11175 if (flinfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
)
11177 /* You can't do ld -r -s. */
11178 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
11182 /* This symbol was skipped earlier, but
11183 since it is needed by a reloc, we
11184 must output it now. */
11185 shlink
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
11186 name
= (bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section
11187 (input_bfd
, shlink
, sym
.st_name
));
11191 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
11193 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (output_bfd
,
11195 if (sym
.st_shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
11198 sym
.st_value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
11199 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (flinfo
->info
))
11201 sym
.st_value
+= osec
->vma
;
11202 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
)
11204 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
11205 = elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
);
11207 /* STT_TLS symbols are relative to PT_TLS
11209 if (htab
->tls_sec
!= NULL
)
11210 sym
.st_value
-= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
11213 = ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (sym
.st_info
),
11218 indx
= bfd_get_symcount (output_bfd
);
11219 ret
= elf_link_output_symstrtab (flinfo
, name
,
11225 flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
] = indx
;
11230 r_symndx
= flinfo
->indices
[r_symndx
];
11233 irela
->r_info
= ((bfd_vma
) r_symndx
<< r_sym_shift
11234 | (irela
->r_info
& r_type_mask
));
11237 /* Swap out the relocs. */
11238 input_rel_hdr
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
;
11239 if (input_rel_hdr
&& input_rel_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11241 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11246 internal_relocs
+= (NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
)
11247 * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
11248 rel_hash_list
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (input_rel_hdr
);
11251 input_rela_hdr
= esdi
->rela
.hdr
;
11252 if (input_rela_hdr
&& input_rela_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
11254 if (!bed
->elf_backend_emit_relocs (output_bfd
, o
,
11263 /* Write out the modified section contents. */
11264 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_section
11265 && (*bed
->elf_backend_write_section
) (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
, o
,
11268 /* Section written out. */
11270 else switch (o
->sec_info_type
)
11272 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
11273 if (! (_bfd_write_section_stabs
11275 &elf_hash_table (flinfo
->info
)->stab_info
,
11276 o
, &elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
, contents
)))
11279 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
:
11280 if (! _bfd_write_merged_section (output_bfd
, o
,
11281 elf_section_data (o
)->sec_info
))
11284 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
11286 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, flinfo
->info
,
11291 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME_ENTRY
:
11293 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_entry (output_bfd
,
11301 if (! (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
))
11303 file_ptr offset
= (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
;
11304 bfd_size_type todo
= o
->size
;
11306 offset
*= bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
);
11308 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
))
11310 /* Reverse-copy input section to output. */
11313 todo
-= address_size
;
11314 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11322 offset
+= address_size
;
11326 else if (! bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
,
11340 /* Generate a reloc when linking an ELF file. This is a reloc
11341 requested by the linker, and does not come from any input file. This
11342 is used to build constructor and destructor tables when linking
11346 elf_reloc_link_order (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11347 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
11348 asection
*output_section
,
11349 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
)
11351 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
11355 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
;
11356 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**rel_hash_ptr
;
11357 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
11358 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
11359 Elf_Internal_Rela irel
[MAX_INT_RELS_PER_EXT_REL
];
11362 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (output_section
);
11364 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (output_bfd
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->reloc
);
11367 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11371 addend
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->addend
;
11374 reldata
= &esdo
->rel
;
11375 else if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
)
11376 reldata
= &esdo
->rela
;
11383 /* Figure out the symbol index. */
11384 rel_hash_ptr
= reldata
->hashes
+ reldata
->count
;
11385 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11387 indx
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
->target_index
;
11388 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
11389 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11393 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11395 /* Treat a reloc against a defined symbol as though it were
11396 actually against the section. */
11397 h
= ((struct elf_link_hash_entry
*)
11398 bfd_wrapped_link_hash_lookup (output_bfd
, info
,
11399 link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
,
11400 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
));
11402 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
11403 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
11407 section
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11408 indx
= section
->output_section
->target_index
;
11409 *rel_hash_ptr
= NULL
;
11410 /* It seems that we ought to add the symbol value to the
11411 addend here, but in practice it has already been added
11412 because it was passed to constructor_callback. */
11413 addend
+= section
->output_section
->vma
+ section
->output_offset
;
11415 else if (h
!= NULL
)
11417 /* Setting the index to -2 tells elf_link_output_extsym that
11418 this symbol is used by a reloc. */
11425 (*info
->callbacks
->unattached_reloc
)
11426 (info
, link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
11431 /* If this is an inplace reloc, we must write the addend into the
11433 if (howto
->partial_inplace
&& addend
!= 0)
11435 bfd_size_type size
;
11436 bfd_reloc_status_type rstat
;
11439 const char *sym_name
;
11441 size
= (bfd_size_type
) bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
);
11442 buf
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_zmalloc (size
);
11443 if (buf
== NULL
&& size
!= 0)
11445 rstat
= _bfd_relocate_contents (howto
, output_bfd
, addend
, buf
);
11452 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
11455 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
11456 if (link_order
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
)
11457 sym_name
= bfd_section_name (link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.section
);
11459 sym_name
= link_order
->u
.reloc
.p
->u
.name
;
11460 (*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
) (info
, NULL
, sym_name
,
11461 howto
->name
, addend
, NULL
, NULL
,
11466 ok
= bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, output_section
, buf
,
11468 * bfd_octets_per_byte (output_bfd
),
11475 /* The address of a reloc is relative to the section in a
11476 relocatable file, and is a virtual address in an executable
11478 offset
= link_order
->offset
;
11479 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
11480 offset
+= output_section
->vma
;
11482 for (i
= 0; i
< bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
; i
++)
11484 irel
[i
].r_offset
= offset
;
11485 irel
[i
].r_info
= 0;
11486 irel
[i
].r_addend
= 0;
11488 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
11489 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11491 irel
[0].r_info
= ELF64_R_INFO (indx
, howto
->type
);
11493 rel_hdr
= reldata
->hdr
;
11494 erel
= rel_hdr
->contents
;
11495 if (rel_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
11497 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
11498 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11502 irel
[0].r_addend
= addend
;
11503 erel
+= reldata
->count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
11504 (*bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out
) (output_bfd
, irel
, erel
);
11513 /* Compare two sections based on the locations of the sections they are
11514 linked to. Used by elf_fixup_link_order. */
11517 compare_link_order (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11519 const struct bfd_link_order
*alo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) a
;
11520 const struct bfd_link_order
*blo
= *(const struct bfd_link_order
**) b
;
11521 asection
*asec
= elf_linked_to_section (alo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11522 asection
*bsec
= elf_linked_to_section (blo
->u
.indirect
.section
);
11523 bfd_vma apos
= asec
->output_section
->lma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11524 bfd_vma bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->lma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11531 /* The only way we should get matching LMAs is when the first of two
11532 sections has zero size. */
11533 if (asec
->size
< bsec
->size
)
11535 if (asec
->size
> bsec
->size
)
11538 /* If they are both zero size then they almost certainly have the same
11539 VMA and thus are not ordered with respect to each other. Test VMA
11540 anyway, and fall back to id to make the result reproducible across
11541 qsort implementations. */
11542 apos
= asec
->output_section
->vma
+ asec
->output_offset
;
11543 bpos
= bsec
->output_section
->vma
+ bsec
->output_offset
;
11549 return asec
->id
- bsec
->id
;
11553 /* Looks for sections with SHF_LINK_ORDER set. Rearranges them into the same
11554 order as their linked sections. Returns false if this could not be done
11555 because an output section includes both ordered and unordered
11556 sections. Ideally we'd do this in the linker proper. */
11559 elf_fixup_link_order (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*o
)
11561 size_t seen_linkorder
;
11564 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11566 struct bfd_link_order
**sections
;
11567 asection
*s
, *other_sec
, *linkorder_sec
;
11571 linkorder_sec
= NULL
;
11573 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11574 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11576 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11578 s
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11580 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0
11581 && bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11582 && elf_section_data (s
) != NULL
11583 && elf_linked_to_section (s
) != NULL
)
11597 if (seen_other
&& seen_linkorder
)
11599 if (other_sec
&& linkorder_sec
)
11601 /* xgettext:c-format */
11602 (_("%pA has both ordered [`%pA' in %pB] "
11603 "and unordered [`%pA' in %pB] sections"),
11604 o
, linkorder_sec
, linkorder_sec
->owner
,
11605 other_sec
, other_sec
->owner
);
11608 (_("%pA has both ordered and unordered sections"), o
);
11609 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
11614 if (!seen_linkorder
)
11617 sections
= bfd_malloc (seen_linkorder
* sizeof (*sections
));
11618 if (sections
== NULL
)
11621 seen_linkorder
= 0;
11622 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11623 sections
[seen_linkorder
++] = p
;
11625 /* Sort the input sections in the order of their linked section. */
11626 qsort (sections
, seen_linkorder
, sizeof (*sections
), compare_link_order
);
11628 /* Change the offsets of the sections. */
11630 for (n
= 0; n
< seen_linkorder
; n
++)
11633 s
= sections
[n
]->u
.indirect
.section
;
11634 mask
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0 << s
->alignment_power
;
11635 offset
= (offset
+ ~mask
) & mask
;
11636 s
->output_offset
= offset
/ bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
11637 sections
[n
]->offset
= offset
;
11638 offset
+= sections
[n
]->size
;
11645 /* Generate an import library in INFO->implib_bfd from symbols in ABFD.
11646 Returns TRUE upon success, FALSE otherwise. */
11649 elf_output_implib (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11651 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
11653 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
11655 enum bfd_architecture arch
;
11657 asymbol
**sympp
= NULL
;
11661 elf_symbol_type
*osymbuf
;
11663 implib_bfd
= info
->out_implib_bfd
;
11664 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11666 if (!bfd_set_format (implib_bfd
, bfd_object
))
11669 /* Use flag from executable but make it a relocatable object. */
11670 flags
= bfd_get_file_flags (abfd
);
11671 flags
&= ~HAS_RELOC
;
11672 if (!bfd_set_start_address (implib_bfd
, 0)
11673 || !bfd_set_file_flags (implib_bfd
, flags
& ~EXEC_P
))
11676 /* Copy architecture of output file to import library file. */
11677 arch
= bfd_get_arch (abfd
);
11678 mach
= bfd_get_mach (abfd
);
11679 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (implib_bfd
, arch
, mach
)
11680 && (abfd
->target_defaulted
11681 || bfd_get_arch (abfd
) != bfd_get_arch (implib_bfd
)))
11684 /* Get symbol table size. */
11685 symsize
= bfd_get_symtab_upper_bound (abfd
);
11689 /* Read in the symbol table. */
11690 sympp
= (asymbol
**) bfd_malloc (symsize
);
11694 symcount
= bfd_canonicalize_symtab (abfd
, sympp
);
11698 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private header data it
11699 understands from the output BFD to the import library BFD. */
11700 if (! bfd_copy_private_header_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11703 /* Filter symbols to appear in the import library. */
11704 if (bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols
)
11705 symcount
= bed
->elf_backend_filter_implib_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
,
11708 symcount
= _bfd_elf_filter_global_symbols (abfd
, info
, sympp
, symcount
);
11711 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
11712 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: no symbol found for import library"),
11718 /* Make symbols absolute. */
11719 osymbuf
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_alloc2 (implib_bfd
, symcount
,
11720 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11721 if (osymbuf
== NULL
)
11724 for (src_count
= 0; src_count
< symcount
; src_count
++)
11726 memcpy (&osymbuf
[src_count
], (elf_symbol_type
*) sympp
[src_count
],
11727 sizeof (*osymbuf
));
11728 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
11729 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
11730 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
+= sympp
[src_count
]->section
->vma
;
11731 osymbuf
[src_count
].internal_elf_sym
.st_value
=
11732 osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
.value
;
11733 sympp
[src_count
] = &osymbuf
[src_count
].symbol
;
11736 bfd_set_symtab (implib_bfd
, sympp
, symcount
);
11738 /* Allow the BFD backend to copy any private data it understands
11739 from the output BFD to the import library BFD. This is done last
11740 to permit the routine to look at the filtered symbol table. */
11741 if (! bfd_copy_private_bfd_data (abfd
, implib_bfd
))
11744 if (!bfd_close (implib_bfd
))
11755 elf_final_link_free (bfd
*obfd
, struct elf_final_link_info
*flinfo
)
11759 if (flinfo
->symstrtab
!= NULL
)
11760 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (flinfo
->symstrtab
);
11761 if (flinfo
->contents
!= NULL
)
11762 free (flinfo
->contents
);
11763 if (flinfo
->external_relocs
!= NULL
)
11764 free (flinfo
->external_relocs
);
11765 if (flinfo
->internal_relocs
!= NULL
)
11766 free (flinfo
->internal_relocs
);
11767 if (flinfo
->external_syms
!= NULL
)
11768 free (flinfo
->external_syms
);
11769 if (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
!= NULL
)
11770 free (flinfo
->locsym_shndx
);
11771 if (flinfo
->internal_syms
!= NULL
)
11772 free (flinfo
->internal_syms
);
11773 if (flinfo
->indices
!= NULL
)
11774 free (flinfo
->indices
);
11775 if (flinfo
->sections
!= NULL
)
11776 free (flinfo
->sections
);
11777 if (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= NULL
11778 && flinfo
->symshndxbuf
!= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1)
11779 free (flinfo
->symshndxbuf
);
11780 for (o
= obfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11782 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11783 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rel
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11784 free (esdo
->rel
.hashes
);
11785 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0 && esdo
->rela
.hashes
!= NULL
)
11786 free (esdo
->rela
.hashes
);
11790 /* Do the final step of an ELF link. */
11793 bfd_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11795 bfd_boolean dynamic
;
11796 bfd_boolean emit_relocs
;
11798 struct elf_final_link_info flinfo
;
11800 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
11802 bfd_size_type max_contents_size
;
11803 bfd_size_type max_external_reloc_size
;
11804 bfd_size_type max_internal_reloc_count
;
11805 bfd_size_type max_sym_count
;
11806 bfd_size_type max_sym_shndx_count
;
11807 Elf_Internal_Sym elfsym
;
11809 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
11810 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
11811 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
11812 struct elf_outext_info eoinfo
;
11813 bfd_boolean merged
;
11814 size_t relativecount
= 0;
11815 asection
*reldyn
= 0;
11817 asection
*attr_section
= NULL
;
11818 bfd_vma attr_size
= 0;
11819 const char *std_attrs_section
;
11820 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
11822 if (!is_elf_hash_table (htab
))
11825 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
11826 abfd
->flags
|= DYNAMIC
;
11828 dynamic
= htab
->dynamic_sections_created
;
11829 dynobj
= htab
->dynobj
;
11831 emit_relocs
= (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
11832 || info
->emitrelocations
);
11834 flinfo
.info
= info
;
11835 flinfo
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
11836 flinfo
.symstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
11837 if (flinfo
.symstrtab
== NULL
)
11842 flinfo
.hash_sec
= NULL
;
11843 flinfo
.symver_sec
= NULL
;
11847 flinfo
.hash_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".hash");
11848 /* Note that dynsym_sec can be NULL (on VMS). */
11849 flinfo
.symver_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".gnu.version");
11850 /* Note that it is OK if symver_sec is NULL. */
11853 flinfo
.contents
= NULL
;
11854 flinfo
.external_relocs
= NULL
;
11855 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= NULL
;
11856 flinfo
.external_syms
= NULL
;
11857 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= NULL
;
11858 flinfo
.internal_syms
= NULL
;
11859 flinfo
.indices
= NULL
;
11860 flinfo
.sections
= NULL
;
11861 flinfo
.symshndxbuf
= NULL
;
11862 flinfo
.filesym_count
= 0;
11864 /* The object attributes have been merged. Remove the input
11865 sections from the link, and set the contents of the output
11867 std_attrs_section
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->obj_attrs_section
;
11868 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11870 bfd_boolean remove_section
= FALSE
;
11872 if ((std_attrs_section
&& strcmp (o
->name
, std_attrs_section
) == 0)
11873 || strcmp (o
->name
, ".gnu.attributes") == 0)
11875 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11877 asection
*input_section
;
11879 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11881 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11882 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
11883 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
11884 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
11887 attr_size
= bfd_elf_obj_attr_size (abfd
);
11888 bfd_set_section_size (o
, attr_size
);
11889 /* Skip this section later on. */
11890 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
11894 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11896 else if ((o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0 && o
->size
== 0)
11898 /* Remove empty group section from linker output. */
11899 remove_section
= TRUE
;
11901 if (remove_section
)
11903 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
11904 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
11905 abfd
->section_count
--;
11909 /* Count up the number of relocations we will output for each output
11910 section, so that we know the sizes of the reloc sections. We
11911 also figure out some maximum sizes. */
11912 max_contents_size
= 0;
11913 max_external_reloc_size
= 0;
11914 max_internal_reloc_count
= 0;
11916 max_sym_shndx_count
= 0;
11918 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
11920 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
11921 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
11923 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
11925 unsigned int reloc_count
= 0;
11926 unsigned int additional_reloc_count
= 0;
11927 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdi
= NULL
;
11929 if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
11930 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
11932 else if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
)
11936 sec
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
11938 /* Mark all sections which are to be included in the
11939 link. This will normally be every section. We need
11940 to do this so that we can identify any sections which
11941 the linker has decided to not include. */
11942 sec
->linker_mark
= TRUE
;
11944 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
11947 if (sec
->rawsize
> max_contents_size
)
11948 max_contents_size
= sec
->rawsize
;
11949 if (sec
->size
> max_contents_size
)
11950 max_contents_size
= sec
->size
;
11952 if (bfd_get_flavour (sec
->owner
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
11953 && (sec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) == 0)
11957 /* We are interested in just local symbols, not all
11959 if (elf_bad_symtab (sec
->owner
))
11960 sym_count
= (elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
11961 / bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
11963 sym_count
= elf_tdata (sec
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
11965 if (sym_count
> max_sym_count
)
11966 max_sym_count
= sym_count
;
11968 if (sym_count
> max_sym_shndx_count
11969 && elf_symtab_shndx_list (sec
->owner
) != NULL
)
11970 max_sym_shndx_count
= sym_count
;
11972 if (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
11973 || esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
11974 /* Some backends use reloc_count in relocation sections
11975 to count particular types of relocs. Of course,
11976 reloc sections themselves can't have relocations. */
11978 else if (emit_relocs
)
11980 reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
11981 if (bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
)
11984 c
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_additional_relocs
) (sec
);
11985 additional_reloc_count
+= c
;
11988 else if (bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
)
11989 reloc_count
= (*bed
->elf_backend_count_relocs
) (info
, sec
);
11991 esdi
= elf_section_data (sec
);
11993 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
11995 size_t ext_size
= 0;
11997 if (esdi
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
)
11998 ext_size
= esdi
->rel
.hdr
->sh_size
;
11999 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
)
12000 ext_size
+= esdi
->rela
.hdr
->sh_size
;
12002 if (ext_size
> max_external_reloc_size
)
12003 max_external_reloc_size
= ext_size
;
12004 if (sec
->reloc_count
> max_internal_reloc_count
)
12005 max_internal_reloc_count
= sec
->reloc_count
;
12010 if (reloc_count
== 0)
12013 reloc_count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12014 o
->reloc_count
+= reloc_count
;
12016 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
&& emit_relocs
)
12020 esdo
->rel
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rel
.hdr
);
12021 esdo
->rel
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12023 if (esdi
->rela
.hdr
)
12025 esdo
->rela
.count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (esdi
->rela
.hdr
);
12026 esdo
->rela
.count
+= additional_reloc_count
;
12032 esdo
->rela
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12034 esdo
->rel
.count
+= reloc_count
;
12038 if (o
->reloc_count
> 0)
12039 o
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
12042 /* Explicitly clear the SEC_RELOC flag. The linker tends to
12043 set it (this is probably a bug) and if it is set
12044 assign_section_numbers will create a reloc section. */
12045 o
->flags
&=~ SEC_RELOC
;
12048 /* If the SEC_ALLOC flag is not set, force the section VMA to
12049 zero. This is done in elf_fake_sections as well, but forcing
12050 the VMA to 0 here will ensure that relocs against these
12051 sections are handled correctly. */
12052 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
12053 && ! o
->user_set_vma
)
12057 if (! bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && merged
)
12058 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, _bfd_elf_link_sec_merge_syms
, abfd
);
12060 /* Figure out the file positions for everything but the symbol table
12061 and the relocs. We set symcount to force assign_section_numbers
12062 to create a symbol table. */
12063 abfd
->symcount
= info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
;
12064 BFD_ASSERT (! abfd
->output_has_begun
);
12065 if (! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, info
))
12068 /* Set sizes, and assign file positions for reloc sections. */
12069 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12071 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12072 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
12075 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rel
)))
12079 && !(_bfd_elf_link_size_reloc_section (abfd
, &esdo
->rela
)))
12083 /* _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions makes temporary use
12084 of target_index. Reset it. */
12085 o
->target_index
= 0;
12087 /* Now, reset REL_COUNT and REL_COUNT2 so that we can use them
12088 to count upwards while actually outputting the relocations. */
12089 esdo
->rel
.count
= 0;
12090 esdo
->rela
.count
= 0;
12092 if ((esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_offset
== (file_ptr
) -1)
12093 && !bfd_section_is_ctf (o
))
12095 /* Cache the section contents so that they can be compressed
12096 later. Use bfd_malloc since it will be freed by
12097 bfd_compress_section_contents. */
12098 unsigned char *contents
= esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
;
12099 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_ELF_COMPRESS
) == 0 || contents
!= NULL
)
12102 = (unsigned char *) bfd_malloc (esdo
->this_hdr
.sh_size
);
12103 if (contents
== NULL
)
12105 esdo
->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
12109 /* We have now assigned file positions for all the sections except .symtab,
12110 .strtab, and non-loaded reloc and compressed debugging sections. We start
12111 the .symtab section at the current file position, and write directly to it.
12112 We build the .strtab section in memory. */
12113 abfd
->symcount
= 0;
12114 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12115 /* sh_name is set in prep_headers. */
12116 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
12117 /* sh_flags, sh_addr and sh_size all start off zero. */
12118 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12119 /* sh_link is set in assign_section_numbers. */
12120 /* sh_info is set below. */
12121 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12122 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
12124 if (max_sym_count
< 20)
12125 max_sym_count
= 20;
12126 htab
->strtabsize
= max_sym_count
;
12127 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (struct elf_sym_strtab
);
12128 htab
->strtab
= (struct elf_sym_strtab
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12129 if (htab
->strtab
== NULL
)
12131 /* The real buffer will be allocated in elf_link_swap_symbols_out. */
12133 = (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF)
12134 ? (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) -1 : NULL
);
12136 if (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
)
12138 file_ptr off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
12140 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
12142 /* Note that at this point elf_next_file_pos (abfd) is
12143 incorrect. We do not yet know the size of the .symtab section.
12144 We correct next_file_pos below, after we do know the size. */
12146 /* Start writing out the symbol table. The first symbol is always a
12148 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12149 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12150 elfsym
.st_info
= 0;
12151 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12152 elfsym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
12153 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12154 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
,
12155 bfd_und_section_ptr
, NULL
) != 1)
12158 /* Output a symbol for each section. We output these even if we are
12159 discarding local symbols, since they are used for relocs. These
12160 symbols have no names. We store the index of each one in the
12161 index field of the section, so that we can find it again when
12162 outputting relocs. */
12164 elfsym
.st_size
= 0;
12165 elfsym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12166 elfsym
.st_other
= 0;
12167 elfsym
.st_value
= 0;
12168 elfsym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12169 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12171 o
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, i
);
12174 o
->target_index
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12175 elfsym
.st_shndx
= i
;
12176 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
12177 elfsym
.st_value
= o
->vma
;
12178 if (elf_link_output_symstrtab (&flinfo
, NULL
, &elfsym
, o
,
12185 /* Allocate some memory to hold information read in from the input
12187 if (max_contents_size
!= 0)
12189 flinfo
.contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (max_contents_size
);
12190 if (flinfo
.contents
== NULL
)
12194 if (max_external_reloc_size
!= 0)
12196 flinfo
.external_relocs
= bfd_malloc (max_external_reloc_size
);
12197 if (flinfo
.external_relocs
== NULL
)
12201 if (max_internal_reloc_count
!= 0)
12203 amt
= max_internal_reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Rela
);
12204 flinfo
.internal_relocs
= (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12205 if (flinfo
.internal_relocs
== NULL
)
12209 if (max_sym_count
!= 0)
12211 amt
= max_sym_count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12212 flinfo
.external_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12213 if (flinfo
.external_syms
== NULL
)
12216 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
);
12217 flinfo
.internal_syms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12218 if (flinfo
.internal_syms
== NULL
)
12221 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (long);
12222 flinfo
.indices
= (long int *) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12223 if (flinfo
.indices
== NULL
)
12226 amt
= max_sym_count
* sizeof (asection
*);
12227 flinfo
.sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12228 if (flinfo
.sections
== NULL
)
12232 if (max_sym_shndx_count
!= 0)
12234 amt
= max_sym_shndx_count
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12235 flinfo
.locsym_shndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*) bfd_malloc (amt
);
12236 if (flinfo
.locsym_shndx
== NULL
)
12242 bfd_vma base
, end
= 0;
12245 for (sec
= htab
->tls_sec
;
12246 sec
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
);
12249 bfd_size_type size
= sec
->size
;
12252 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
12254 struct bfd_link_order
*ord
= sec
->map_tail
.link_order
;
12257 size
= ord
->offset
+ ord
->size
;
12259 end
= sec
->vma
+ size
;
12261 base
= htab
->tls_sec
->vma
;
12262 /* Only align end of TLS section if static TLS doesn't have special
12263 alignment requirements. */
12264 if (bed
->static_tls_alignment
== 1)
12265 end
= align_power (end
, htab
->tls_sec
->alignment_power
);
12266 htab
->tls_size
= end
- base
;
12269 /* Reorder SHF_LINK_ORDER sections. */
12270 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12272 if (!elf_fixup_link_order (abfd
, o
))
12276 if (!_bfd_elf_fixup_eh_frame_hdr (info
))
12279 /* Since ELF permits relocations to be against local symbols, we
12280 must have the local symbols available when we do the relocations.
12281 Since we would rather only read the local symbols once, and we
12282 would rather not keep them in memory, we handle all the
12283 relocations for a single input file at the same time.
12285 Unfortunately, there is no way to know the total number of local
12286 symbols until we have seen all of them, and the local symbol
12287 indices precede the global symbol indices. This means that when
12288 we are generating relocatable output, and we see a reloc against
12289 a global symbol, we can not know the symbol index until we have
12290 finished examining all the local symbols to see which ones we are
12291 going to output. To deal with this, we keep the relocations in
12292 memory, and don't output them until the end of the link. This is
12293 an unfortunate waste of memory, but I don't see a good way around
12294 it. Fortunately, it only happens when performing a relocatable
12295 link, which is not the common case. FIXME: If keep_memory is set
12296 we could write the relocs out and then read them again; I don't
12297 know how bad the memory loss will be. */
12299 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12300 sub
->output_has_begun
= FALSE
;
12301 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12303 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
12305 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12306 && (bfd_get_flavour ((sub
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
))
12307 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12308 && elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12310 if (! sub
->output_has_begun
)
12312 if (! elf_link_input_bfd (&flinfo
, sub
))
12314 sub
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
12317 else if (p
->type
== bfd_section_reloc_link_order
12318 || p
->type
== bfd_symbol_reloc_link_order
)
12320 if (! elf_reloc_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12325 if (! _bfd_default_link_order (abfd
, info
, o
, p
))
12327 if (p
->type
== bfd_indirect_link_order
12328 && (bfd_get_flavour (sub
)
12329 == bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
12330 && (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
12331 != bed
->s
->elfclass
))
12333 const char *iclass
, *oclass
;
12335 switch (bed
->s
->elfclass
)
12337 case ELFCLASS64
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12338 case ELFCLASS32
: oclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12339 case ELFCLASSNONE
: oclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12343 switch (elf_elfheader (sub
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
])
12345 case ELFCLASS64
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS64"; break;
12346 case ELFCLASS32
: iclass
= "ELFCLASS32"; break;
12347 case ELFCLASSNONE
: iclass
= "ELFCLASSNONE"; break;
12351 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
12353 /* xgettext:c-format */
12354 (_("%pB: file class %s incompatible with %s"),
12355 sub
, iclass
, oclass
);
12364 /* Free symbol buffer if needed. */
12365 if (!info
->reduce_memory_overheads
)
12367 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12368 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
12369 && elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
)
12371 free (elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
);
12372 elf_tdata (sub
)->symbuf
= NULL
;
12376 /* Output any global symbols that got converted to local in a
12377 version script or due to symbol visibility. We do this in a
12378 separate step since ELF requires all local symbols to appear
12379 prior to any global symbols. FIXME: We should only do this if
12380 some global symbols were, in fact, converted to become local.
12381 FIXME: Will this work correctly with the Irix 5 linker? */
12382 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12383 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12384 eoinfo
.localsyms
= TRUE
;
12385 eoinfo
.file_sym_done
= FALSE
;
12386 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12390 /* If backend needs to output some local symbols not present in the hash
12391 table, do it now. */
12392 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
12393 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12395 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12396 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12397 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12399 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_local_syms
)
12400 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12401 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12405 /* That wrote out all the local symbols. Finish up the symbol table
12406 with the global symbols. Even if we want to strip everything we
12407 can, we still need to deal with those global symbols that got
12408 converted to local in a version script. */
12410 /* The sh_info field records the index of the first non local symbol. */
12411 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
12414 && htab
->dynsym
!= NULL
12415 && htab
->dynsym
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12417 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
12418 bfd_byte
*dynsym
= htab
->dynsym
->contents
;
12420 o
= htab
->dynsym
->output_section
;
12421 elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= htab
->local_dynsymcount
+ 1;
12423 /* Write out the section symbols for the output sections. */
12424 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
12425 || htab
->is_relocatable_executable
)
12431 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
12433 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
12435 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12441 dynindx
= elf_section_data (s
)->dynindx
;
12444 indx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
12445 BFD_ASSERT (indx
> 0);
12446 sym
.st_shndx
= indx
;
12447 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12449 sym
.st_value
= s
->vma
;
12450 dest
= dynsym
+ dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12451 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12455 /* Write out the local dynsyms. */
12456 if (htab
->dynlocal
)
12458 struct elf_link_local_dynamic_entry
*e
;
12459 for (e
= htab
->dynlocal
; e
; e
= e
->next
)
12464 /* Copy the internal symbol and turn off visibility.
12465 Note that we saved a word of storage and overwrote
12466 the original st_name with the dynstr_index. */
12468 sym
.st_other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
12470 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (e
->input_bfd
,
12475 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_idx
;
12476 if (! check_dynsym (abfd
, &sym
))
12478 sym
.st_value
= (s
->output_section
->vma
12480 + e
->isym
.st_value
);
12483 dest
= dynsym
+ e
->dynindx
* bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12484 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, dest
, 0);
12489 /* We get the global symbols from the hash table. */
12490 eoinfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
12491 eoinfo
.localsyms
= FALSE
;
12492 eoinfo
.flinfo
= &flinfo
;
12493 bfd_hash_traverse (&info
->hash
->table
, elf_link_output_extsym
, &eoinfo
);
12497 /* If backend needs to output some symbols not present in the hash
12498 table, do it now. */
12499 if (bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
12500 && (info
->strip
!= strip_all
|| emit_relocs
))
12502 typedef int (*out_sym_func
)
12503 (void *, const char *, Elf_Internal_Sym
*, asection
*,
12504 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*);
12506 if (! ((*bed
->elf_backend_output_arch_syms
)
12507 (abfd
, info
, &flinfo
,
12508 (out_sym_func
) elf_link_output_symstrtab
)))
12512 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
12513 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12515 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
12516 if (!elf_link_swap_symbols_out (&flinfo
))
12519 /* Now we know the size of the symtab section. */
12520 if (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0)
12522 /* Finish up and write out the symbol string table (.strtab)
12524 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
= NULL
;
12525 file_ptr off
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_size
;
12527 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
))
12529 symtab_shndx_hdr
= & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd
)->hdr
;
12531 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
!= NULL
&& symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
12533 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
12534 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12535 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12536 amt
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
12537 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
12539 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symtab_shndx_hdr
,
12542 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12543 || (bfd_bwrite (flinfo
.symshndxbuf
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
))
12548 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
12549 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
12550 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
12551 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= bed
->elf_strtab_flags
;
12552 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
12553 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (flinfo
.symstrtab
);
12554 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
12555 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
12556 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
12557 /* sh_offset is set just below. */
12558 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
12560 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (symstrtab_hdr
,
12562 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
12564 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, symstrtab_hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12565 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, flinfo
.symstrtab
))
12569 if (info
->out_implib_bfd
&& !elf_output_implib (abfd
, info
))
12571 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: failed to generate import library"),
12572 info
->out_implib_bfd
);
12576 /* Adjust the relocs to have the correct symbol indices. */
12577 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12579 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdo
= elf_section_data (o
);
12582 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0)
12585 sort
= bed
->sort_relocs_p
== NULL
|| (*bed
->sort_relocs_p
) (o
);
12586 if (esdo
->rel
.hdr
!= NULL
12587 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rel
, sort
, info
))
12589 if (esdo
->rela
.hdr
!= NULL
12590 && !elf_link_adjust_relocs (abfd
, o
, &esdo
->rela
, sort
, info
))
12593 /* Set the reloc_count field to 0 to prevent write_relocs from
12594 trying to swap the relocs out itself. */
12595 o
->reloc_count
= 0;
12598 if (dynamic
&& info
->combreloc
&& dynobj
!= NULL
)
12599 relativecount
= elf_link_sort_relocs (abfd
, info
, &reldyn
);
12601 /* If we are linking against a dynamic object, or generating a
12602 shared library, finish up the dynamic linking information. */
12605 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12607 /* Fix up .dynamic entries. */
12608 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
12609 BFD_ASSERT (o
!= NULL
);
12611 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12612 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12613 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12615 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12618 bfd_size_type sh_size
;
12621 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12628 if (relativecount
> 0 && dyncon
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
< dynconend
)
12630 switch (elf_section_data (reldyn
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
12632 case SHT_REL
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELCOUNT
; break;
12633 case SHT_RELA
: dyn
.d_tag
= DT_RELACOUNT
; break;
12636 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= relativecount
;
12643 name
= info
->init_function
;
12646 name
= info
->fini_function
;
12649 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12651 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (htab
, name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
12653 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12654 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
12656 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12657 o
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
12658 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
)
12659 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
+= (o
->output_section
->vma
12660 + o
->output_offset
);
12663 /* The symbol is imported from another shared
12664 library and does not apply to this one. */
12665 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= 0;
12672 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12673 name
= ".preinit_array";
12675 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
:
12676 name
= ".init_array";
12678 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
:
12679 name
= ".fini_array";
12681 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12685 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12690 (_("warning: %s section has zero size"), name
);
12691 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= o
->size
;
12694 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
12695 name
= ".preinit_array";
12697 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
:
12698 name
= ".init_array";
12700 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
:
12701 name
= ".fini_array";
12703 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
12710 name
= ".gnu.hash";
12719 name
= ".gnu.version_d";
12722 name
= ".gnu.version_r";
12725 name
= ".gnu.version";
12727 o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
12729 if (o
== NULL
|| bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12732 (_("could not find section %s"), name
);
12735 if (elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
12738 (_("warning: section '%s' is being made into a note"), name
);
12739 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
12742 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= o
->output_section
->vma
+ o
->output_offset
;
12749 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_REL
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
)
12755 for (i
= 1; i
< elf_numsections (abfd
); i
++)
12757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
12759 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
12760 if (hdr
->sh_type
== type
12761 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
12763 sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_size
;
12765 || sh_addr
> hdr
->sh_addr
)
12766 sh_addr
= hdr
->sh_addr
;
12770 if (bed
->dtrel_excludes_plt
&& htab
->srelplt
!= NULL
)
12772 /* Don't count procedure linkage table relocs in the
12773 overall reloc count. */
12774 sh_size
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12776 /* If the size is zero, make the address zero too.
12777 This is to avoid a glibc bug. If the backend
12778 emits DT_RELA/DT_RELASZ even when DT_RELASZ is
12779 zero, then we'll put DT_RELA at the end of
12780 DT_JMPREL. glibc will interpret the end of
12781 DT_RELA matching the end of DT_JMPREL as the
12782 case where DT_RELA includes DT_JMPREL, and for
12783 LD_BIND_NOW will decide that processing DT_RELA
12784 will process the PLT relocs too. Net result:
12785 No PLT relocs applied. */
12788 /* If .rela.plt is the first .rela section, exclude
12789 it from DT_RELA. */
12790 else if (sh_addr
== (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
12791 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
))
12792 sh_addr
+= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
12795 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELSZ
|| dyn
.d_tag
== DT_RELASZ
)
12796 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= sh_size
;
12798 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= sh_addr
;
12801 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_out (dynobj
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
12805 /* If we have created any dynamic sections, then output them. */
12806 if (dynobj
!= NULL
)
12808 if (! (*bed
->elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections
) (abfd
, info
))
12811 /* Check for DT_TEXTREL (late, in case the backend removes it). */
12812 if (((info
->warn_shared_textrel
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
12813 || info
->error_textrel
)
12814 && (o
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic")) != NULL
)
12816 bfd_byte
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
12818 dyncon
= o
->contents
;
12819 dynconend
= o
->contents
+ o
->size
;
12820 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
)
12822 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
12824 bed
->s
->swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
12826 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_TEXTREL
)
12828 if (info
->error_textrel
)
12829 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12830 (_("%P%X: read-only segment has dynamic relocations\n"));
12832 info
->callbacks
->einfo
12833 (_("%P: warning: creating a DT_TEXTREL in a shared object\n"));
12839 for (o
= dynobj
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12841 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0
12843 || o
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
12845 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
12847 /* At this point, we are only interested in sections
12848 created by _bfd_elf_link_create_dynamic_sections. */
12851 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
== o
)
12853 if (htab
->eh_info
.hdr_sec
== o
)
12855 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".dynstr") != 0)
12857 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, o
->output_section
,
12859 (file_ptr
) o
->output_offset
12860 * bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
),
12866 /* The contents of the .dynstr section are actually in a
12870 off
= elf_section_data (o
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_offset
;
12871 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, off
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
12872 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, htab
->dynstr
))
12878 if (!info
->resolve_section_groups
)
12880 bfd_boolean failed
= FALSE
;
12882 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_link_relocatable (info
));
12883 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
12888 /* If we have optimized stabs strings, output them. */
12889 if (htab
->stab_info
.stabstr
!= NULL
)
12891 if (!_bfd_write_stab_strings (abfd
, &htab
->stab_info
))
12895 if (! _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
, info
))
12898 if (info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf
)
12899 info
->callbacks
->emit_ctf ();
12901 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12905 bfd_byte
*contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (attr_size
);
12906 if (contents
== NULL
)
12907 return FALSE
; /* Bail out and fail. */
12908 bfd_elf_set_obj_attr_contents (abfd
, contents
, attr_size
);
12909 bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, attr_section
, contents
, 0, attr_size
);
12916 elf_final_link_free (abfd
, &flinfo
);
12920 /* Initialize COOKIE for input bfd ABFD. */
12923 init_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12924 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
)
12926 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12927 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
12929 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
12930 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12932 cookie
->abfd
= abfd
;
12933 cookie
->sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12934 cookie
->bad_symtab
= elf_bad_symtab (abfd
);
12935 if (cookie
->bad_symtab
)
12937 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
12938 cookie
->extsymoff
= 0;
12942 cookie
->locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12943 cookie
->extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
12946 if (bed
->s
->arch_size
== 32)
12947 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 8;
12949 cookie
->r_sym_shift
= 32;
12951 cookie
->locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12952 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
&& cookie
->locsymcount
!= 0)
12954 cookie
->locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
12955 cookie
->locsymcount
, 0,
12957 if (cookie
->locsyms
== NULL
)
12959 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%P%X: can not read symbols: %E\n"));
12962 if (info
->keep_memory
)
12963 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) cookie
->locsyms
;
12968 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie, if appropriate. */
12971 fini_reloc_cookie (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
, bfd
*abfd
)
12973 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12975 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12976 if (cookie
->locsyms
!= NULL
12977 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) cookie
->locsyms
)
12978 free (cookie
->locsyms
);
12981 /* Initialize the relocation information in COOKIE for input section SEC
12982 of input bfd ABFD. */
12985 init_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12986 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
12989 if (sec
->reloc_count
== 0)
12991 cookie
->rels
= NULL
;
12992 cookie
->relend
= NULL
;
12996 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
12997 info
->keep_memory
);
12998 if (cookie
->rels
== NULL
)
13000 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13001 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13003 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
13007 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_rels,
13011 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13014 if (cookie
->rels
&& elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= cookie
->rels
)
13015 free (cookie
->rels
);
13018 /* Initialize the whole of COOKIE for input section SEC. */
13021 init_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13022 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13025 if (!init_reloc_cookie (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
))
13027 if (!init_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, info
, sec
->owner
, sec
))
13032 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13037 /* Free the memory allocated by init_reloc_cookie_for_section,
13041 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13044 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (cookie
, sec
);
13045 fini_reloc_cookie (cookie
, sec
->owner
);
13048 /* Garbage collect unused sections. */
13050 /* Default gc_mark_hook. */
13053 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
13054 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13055 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13056 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13057 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13061 switch (h
->root
.type
)
13063 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
13064 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
13065 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13067 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
13068 return h
->root
.u
.c
.p
->section
;
13075 return bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
, sym
->st_shndx
);
13080 /* Return the debug definition section. */
13083 elf_gc_mark_debug_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13084 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13085 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13086 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13087 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
13091 /* Return the global debug definition section. */
13092 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13093 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13094 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13095 return h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13099 /* Return the local debug definition section. */
13100 asection
*isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (sec
->owner
,
13102 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13109 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13110 a section we've decided to keep. Return the section that contains
13111 the relocation symbol, or NULL if no section contains it. */
13114 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*sec
,
13115 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13116 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
13117 bfd_boolean
*start_stop
)
13119 unsigned long r_symndx
;
13120 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13122 r_symndx
= cookie
->rel
->r_info
>> cookie
->r_sym_shift
;
13123 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
13126 if (r_symndx
>= cookie
->locsymcount
13127 || ELF_ST_BIND (cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
13129 h
= cookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- cookie
->extsymoff
];
13132 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: corrupt input: %pB\n"),
13136 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
13137 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
13138 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
13140 /* If this symbol is weak and there is a non-weak definition, we
13141 keep the non-weak definition because many backends put
13142 dynamic reloc info on the non-weak definition for code
13143 handling copy relocs. */
13144 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
13145 weakdef (h
)->mark
= 1;
13147 if (start_stop
!= NULL
)
13149 /* To work around a glibc bug, mark XXX input sections
13150 when there is a reference to __start_XXX or __stop_XXX
13154 asection
*s
= h
->u2
.start_stop_section
;
13155 *start_stop
= !s
->gc_mark
;
13160 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, h
, NULL
);
13163 return (*gc_mark_hook
) (sec
, info
, cookie
->rel
, NULL
,
13164 &cookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
]);
13167 /* COOKIE->rel describes a relocation against section SEC, which is
13168 a section we've decided to keep. Mark the section that contains
13169 the relocation symbol. */
13172 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13174 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
,
13175 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
)
13178 bfd_boolean start_stop
= FALSE
;
13180 rsec
= _bfd_elf_gc_mark_rsec (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, cookie
, &start_stop
);
13181 while (rsec
!= NULL
)
13183 if (!rsec
->gc_mark
)
13185 if (bfd_get_flavour (rsec
->owner
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13186 || (rsec
->owner
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
13188 else if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, rsec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13193 rsec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (rsec
->owner
, rsec
);
13198 /* The mark phase of garbage collection. For a given section, mark
13199 it and any sections in this section's group, and all the sections
13200 which define symbols to which it refers. */
13203 _bfd_elf_gc_mark (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13205 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
13208 asection
*group_sec
, *eh_frame
;
13212 /* Mark all the sections in the group. */
13213 group_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->next_in_group
;
13214 if (group_sec
&& !group_sec
->gc_mark
)
13215 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, group_sec
, gc_mark_hook
))
13218 /* Look through the section relocs. */
13220 eh_frame
= elf_eh_frame_section (sec
->owner
);
13221 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0
13222 && sec
->reloc_count
> 0
13223 && sec
!= eh_frame
)
13225 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13227 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13231 for (; cookie
.rel
< cookie
.relend
; cookie
.rel
++)
13232 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_reloc (info
, sec
, gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13237 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13241 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& elf_fde_list (sec
))
13243 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13245 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, eh_frame
))
13249 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark_fdes (info
, sec
, eh_frame
,
13250 gc_mark_hook
, &cookie
))
13252 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, eh_frame
);
13256 eh_frame
= elf_section_eh_frame_entry (sec
);
13257 if (ret
&& eh_frame
&& !eh_frame
->gc_mark
)
13258 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, eh_frame
, gc_mark_hook
))
13264 /* Scan and mark sections in a special or debug section group. */
13267 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (asection
*grp
)
13269 /* Point to first section of section group. */
13271 /* Used to iterate the section group. */
13274 bfd_boolean is_special_grp
= TRUE
;
13275 bfd_boolean is_debug_grp
= TRUE
;
13277 /* First scan to see if group contains any section other than debug
13278 and special section. */
13279 ssec
= msec
= elf_next_in_group (grp
);
13282 if ((msec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13283 is_debug_grp
= FALSE
;
13285 if ((msec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) != 0)
13286 is_special_grp
= FALSE
;
13288 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13290 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13292 /* If this is a pure debug section group or pure special section group,
13293 keep all sections in this group. */
13294 if (is_debug_grp
|| is_special_grp
)
13299 msec
= elf_next_in_group (msec
);
13301 while (msec
!= ssec
);
13305 /* Keep debug and special sections. */
13308 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13309 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn mark_hook ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
13313 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13316 bfd_boolean some_kept
;
13317 bfd_boolean debug_frag_seen
;
13318 bfd_boolean has_kept_debug_info
;
13320 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13322 isec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13323 if (isec
== NULL
|| isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13326 /* Ensure all linker created sections are kept,
13327 see if any other section is already marked,
13328 and note if we have any fragmented debug sections. */
13329 debug_frag_seen
= some_kept
= has_kept_debug_info
= FALSE
;
13330 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13332 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
13334 else if (isec
->gc_mark
13335 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
13336 && elf_section_type (isec
) != SHT_NOTE
)
13339 if (!debug_frag_seen
13340 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
13341 && CONST_STRNEQ (isec
->name
, ".debug_line."))
13342 debug_frag_seen
= TRUE
;
13345 /* If no non-note alloc section in this file will be kept, then
13346 we can toss out the debug and special sections. */
13350 /* Keep debug and special sections like .comment when they are
13351 not part of a group. Also keep section groups that contain
13352 just debug sections or special sections. */
13353 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13355 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
13356 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_debug_special_section_group (isec
);
13357 else if (((isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
13358 || (isec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)
13359 && elf_next_in_group (isec
) == NULL
)
13361 if (isec
->gc_mark
&& (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13362 has_kept_debug_info
= TRUE
;
13365 /* Look for CODE sections which are going to be discarded,
13366 and find and discard any fragmented debug sections which
13367 are associated with that code section. */
13368 if (debug_frag_seen
)
13369 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13370 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
13371 && isec
->gc_mark
== 0)
13376 ilen
= strlen (isec
->name
);
13378 /* Association is determined by the name of the debug
13379 section containing the name of the code section as
13380 a suffix. For example .debug_line.text.foo is a
13381 debug section associated with .text.foo. */
13382 for (dsec
= ibfd
->sections
; dsec
!= NULL
; dsec
= dsec
->next
)
13386 if (dsec
->gc_mark
== 0
13387 || (dsec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) == 0)
13390 dlen
= strlen (dsec
->name
);
13393 && strncmp (dsec
->name
+ (dlen
- ilen
),
13394 isec
->name
, ilen
) == 0)
13399 /* Mark debug sections referenced by kept debug sections. */
13400 if (has_kept_debug_info
)
13401 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
13403 && (isec
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0)
13404 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, isec
,
13405 elf_gc_mark_debug_section
))
13412 elf_gc_sweep (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13415 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13417 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13421 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13422 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (elf_hash_table (info
))
13423 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13426 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13429 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13431 /* When any section in a section group is kept, we keep all
13432 sections in the section group. If the first member of
13433 the section group is excluded, we will also exclude the
13435 if (o
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
13437 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (o
);
13438 o
->gc_mark
= first
->gc_mark
;
13444 /* Skip sweeping sections already excluded. */
13445 if (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
)
13448 /* Since this is early in the link process, it is simple
13449 to remove a section from the output. */
13450 o
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
13452 if (info
->print_gc_sections
&& o
->size
!= 0)
13453 /* xgettext:c-format */
13454 _bfd_error_handler (_("removing unused section '%pA' in file '%pB'"),
13462 /* Propagate collected vtable information. This is called through
13463 elf_link_hash_traverse. */
13466 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13468 /* Those that are not vtables. */
13470 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13471 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13474 /* Those vtables that do not have parents, we cannot merge. */
13475 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1)
13478 /* If we've already been done, exit. */
13479 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
&& h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[-1])
13482 /* Make sure the parent's table is up to date. */
13483 elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used (h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
, okp
);
13485 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
== NULL
)
13487 /* None of this table's entries were referenced. Re-use the
13489 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13490 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
;
13495 bfd_boolean
*cu
, *pu
;
13497 /* Or the parent's entries into ours. */
13498 cu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13500 pu
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13503 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13504 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13506 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
);
13507 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13508 n
= h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
;
13523 elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *okp
)
13526 bfd_vma hstart
, hend
;
13527 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *relend
, *rel
;
13528 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
13529 unsigned int log_file_align
;
13531 /* Take care of both those symbols that do not describe vtables as
13532 well as those that are not loaded. */
13534 || h
->u2
.vtable
== NULL
13535 || h
->u2
.vtable
->parent
== NULL
)
13538 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13539 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
13541 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
13542 hstart
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
13543 hend
= hstart
+ h
->size
;
13545 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (sec
->owner
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
, TRUE
);
13547 return *(bfd_boolean
*) okp
= FALSE
;
13548 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (sec
->owner
);
13549 log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13551 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13553 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
13554 if (rel
->r_offset
>= hstart
&& rel
->r_offset
< hend
)
13556 /* If the entry is in use, do nothing. */
13557 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
13558 && (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) < h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13560 bfd_vma entry
= (rel
->r_offset
- hstart
) >> log_file_align
;
13561 if (h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[entry
])
13564 /* Otherwise, kill it. */
13565 rel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_info
= rel
->r_addend
= 0;
13571 /* Mark sections containing dynamically referenced symbols. When
13572 building shared libraries, we must assume that any visible symbol is
13576 bfd_elf_gc_mark_dynamic_ref_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
13578 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
13579 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list
*d
= info
->dynamic_list
;
13581 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13582 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13583 && ((h
->ref_dynamic
&& !h
->forced_local
)
13584 || ((h
->def_regular
|| ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
13585 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_INTERNAL
13586 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_HIDDEN
13587 && (!bfd_link_executable (info
)
13588 || info
->gc_keep_exported
13589 || info
->export_dynamic
13592 && (*d
->match
) (&d
->head
, NULL
, h
->root
.root
.string
)))
13593 && (h
->versioned
>= versioned
13594 || !bfd_hide_sym_by_version (info
->version_info
,
13595 h
->root
.root
.string
)))))
13596 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13601 /* Keep all sections containing symbols undefined on the command-line,
13602 and the section containing the entry symbol. */
13605 _bfd_elf_gc_keep (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13607 struct bfd_sym_chain
*sym
;
13609 for (sym
= info
->gc_sym_list
; sym
!= NULL
; sym
= sym
->next
)
13611 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13613 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), sym
->name
,
13614 FALSE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
13617 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13618 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13619 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)
13620 && !bfd_is_und_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
))
13621 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
13626 bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entries (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
13627 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13629 bfd
*ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
;
13631 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
13634 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13636 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
13638 sec
= ibfd
->sections
;
13639 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13642 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
))
13645 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
13647 if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".eh_frame_entry")
13648 && init_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, info
, ibfd
, sec
))
13650 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame_entry (info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13651 fini_reloc_cookie_rels (&cookie
, sec
);
13658 /* Do mark and sweep of unused sections. */
13661 bfd_elf_gc_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13663 bfd_boolean ok
= TRUE
;
13665 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
;
13666 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13667 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13669 if (!bed
->can_gc_sections
13670 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
13672 _bfd_error_handler(_("warning: gc-sections option ignored"));
13676 bed
->gc_keep (info
);
13677 htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
13679 /* Try to parse each bfd's .eh_frame section. Point elf_eh_frame_section
13680 at the .eh_frame section if we can mark the FDEs individually. */
13681 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
;
13682 info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
&& sub
!= NULL
;
13683 sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13686 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
13688 sec
= sub
->sections
;
13689 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13691 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (sub
, ".eh_frame");
13692 while (sec
&& init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, sec
))
13694 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (sub
, info
, sec
, &cookie
);
13695 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
13696 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
13697 elf_eh_frame_section (sub
) = sec
;
13698 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, sec
);
13699 sec
= bfd_get_next_section_by_name (NULL
, sec
);
13703 /* Apply transitive closure to the vtable entry usage info. */
13704 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_propagate_vtable_entries_used
, &ok
);
13708 /* Kill the vtable relocations that were not used. */
13709 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, elf_gc_smash_unused_vtentry_relocs
, &ok
);
13713 /* Mark dynamically referenced symbols. */
13714 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
|| info
->gc_keep_exported
)
13715 elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, bed
->gc_mark_dynamic_ref
, info
);
13717 /* Grovel through relocs to find out who stays ... */
13718 gc_mark_hook
= bed
->gc_mark_hook
;
13719 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
13723 if (bfd_get_flavour (sub
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
13724 || elf_object_id (sub
) != elf_hash_table_id (htab
)
13725 || !(*bed
->relocs_compatible
) (sub
->xvec
, abfd
->xvec
))
13729 if (o
== NULL
|| o
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
13732 /* Start at sections marked with SEC_KEEP (ref _bfd_elf_gc_keep).
13733 Also treat note sections as a root, if the section is not part
13734 of a group. We must keep all PREINIT_ARRAY, INIT_ARRAY as
13735 well as FINI_ARRAY sections for ld -r. */
13736 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
13738 && (o
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
13739 && ((o
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) != 0
13740 || (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
13741 && ((elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13742 == SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
)
13743 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13745 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
13746 == SHT_FINI_ARRAY
)))
13747 || (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
13748 && elf_next_in_group (o
) == NULL
)))
13750 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
13755 /* Allow the backend to mark additional target specific sections. */
13756 bed
->gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
13758 /* ... and mark SEC_EXCLUDE for those that go. */
13759 return elf_gc_sweep (abfd
, info
);
13762 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTINHERIT reloc. */
13765 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (bfd
*abfd
,
13767 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13770 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
, **sym_hashes_end
;
13771 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**search
, *child
;
13772 size_t extsymcount
;
13773 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13775 /* The sh_info field of the symtab header tells us where the
13776 external symbols start. We don't care about the local symbols at
13778 extsymcount
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
13779 if (!elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
13780 extsymcount
-= elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_info
;
13782 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
13783 sym_hashes_end
= sym_hashes
+ extsymcount
;
13785 /* Hunt down the child symbol, which is in this section at the same
13786 offset as the relocation. */
13787 for (search
= sym_hashes
; search
!= sym_hashes_end
; ++search
)
13789 if ((child
= *search
) != NULL
13790 && (child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
13791 || child
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13792 && child
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
13793 && child
->root
.u
.def
.value
== offset
)
13797 /* xgettext:c-format */
13798 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %pA+%#" PRIx64
": no symbol found for INHERIT"),
13799 abfd
, sec
, (uint64_t) offset
);
13800 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
13804 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13806 child
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13807 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*child
->u2
.vtable
)));
13808 if (!child
->u2
.vtable
)
13813 /* This *should* only be the absolute section. It could potentially
13814 be that someone has defined a non-global vtable though, which
13815 would be bad. It isn't worth paging in the local symbols to be
13816 sure though; that case should simply be handled by the assembler. */
13818 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) -1;
13821 child
->u2
.vtable
->parent
= h
;
13826 /* Called from check_relocs to record the existence of a VTENTRY reloc. */
13829 bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13830 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
13833 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
13834 unsigned int log_file_align
= bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
13838 /* xgettext:c-format */
13839 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: section '%pA': corrupt VTENTRY entry"),
13841 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
13847 h
->u2
.vtable
= ((struct elf_link_virtual_table_entry
*)
13848 bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*h
->u2
.vtable
)));
13853 if (addend
>= h
->u2
.vtable
->size
)
13855 size_t size
, bytes
, file_align
;
13856 bfd_boolean
*ptr
= h
->u2
.vtable
->used
;
13858 /* While the symbol is undefined, we have to be prepared to handle
13860 file_align
= 1 << log_file_align
;
13861 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
13862 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13866 if (addend
>= size
)
13868 /* Oops! We've got a reference past the defined end of
13869 the table. This is probably a bug -- shall we warn? */
13870 size
= addend
+ file_align
;
13873 size
= (size
+ file_align
- 1) & -file_align
;
13875 /* Allocate one extra entry for use as a "done" flag for the
13876 consolidation pass. */
13877 bytes
= ((size
>> log_file_align
) + 1) * sizeof (bfd_boolean
);
13881 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_realloc (ptr
- 1, bytes
);
13887 oldbytes
= (((h
->u2
.vtable
->size
>> log_file_align
) + 1)
13888 * sizeof (bfd_boolean
));
13889 memset (((char *) ptr
) + oldbytes
, 0, bytes
- oldbytes
);
13893 ptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) bfd_zmalloc (bytes
);
13898 /* And arrange for that done flag to be at index -1. */
13899 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
= ptr
+ 1;
13900 h
->u2
.vtable
->size
= size
;
13903 h
->u2
.vtable
->used
[addend
>> log_file_align
] = TRUE
;
13908 /* Map an ELF section header flag to its corresponding string. */
13912 flagword flag_value
;
13913 } elf_flags_to_name_table
;
13915 static elf_flags_to_name_table elf_flags_to_names
[] =
13917 { "SHF_WRITE", SHF_WRITE
},
13918 { "SHF_ALLOC", SHF_ALLOC
},
13919 { "SHF_EXECINSTR", SHF_EXECINSTR
},
13920 { "SHF_MERGE", SHF_MERGE
},
13921 { "SHF_STRINGS", SHF_STRINGS
},
13922 { "SHF_INFO_LINK", SHF_INFO_LINK
},
13923 { "SHF_LINK_ORDER", SHF_LINK_ORDER
},
13924 { "SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING", SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
},
13925 { "SHF_GROUP", SHF_GROUP
},
13926 { "SHF_TLS", SHF_TLS
},
13927 { "SHF_MASKOS", SHF_MASKOS
},
13928 { "SHF_EXCLUDE", SHF_EXCLUDE
},
13931 /* Returns TRUE if the section is to be included, otherwise FALSE. */
13933 bfd_elf_lookup_section_flags (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
13934 struct flag_info
*flaginfo
,
13937 const bfd_vma sh_flags
= elf_section_flags (section
);
13939 if (!flaginfo
->flags_initialized
)
13941 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
13942 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
13943 struct flag_info_list
*tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
;
13945 int without_hex
= 0;
13947 for (tf
= flaginfo
->flag_list
; tf
!= NULL
; tf
= tf
->next
)
13950 flagword (*lookup
) (char *);
13952 lookup
= bed
->elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook
;
13953 if (lookup
!= NULL
)
13955 flagword hexval
= (*lookup
) ((char *) tf
->name
);
13959 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13960 with_hex
|= hexval
;
13961 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13962 without_hex
|= hexval
;
13967 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (elf_flags_to_names
); ++i
)
13969 if (strcmp (tf
->name
, elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_name
) == 0)
13971 if (tf
->with
== with_flags
)
13972 with_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13973 else if (tf
->with
== without_flags
)
13974 without_hex
|= elf_flags_to_names
[i
].flag_value
;
13981 info
->callbacks
->einfo
13982 (_("unrecognized INPUT_SECTION_FLAG %s\n"), tf
->name
);
13986 flaginfo
->flags_initialized
= TRUE
;
13987 flaginfo
->only_with_flags
|= with_hex
;
13988 flaginfo
->not_with_flags
|= without_hex
;
13991 if ((flaginfo
->only_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != flaginfo
->only_with_flags
)
13994 if ((flaginfo
->not_with_flags
& sh_flags
) != 0)
14000 struct alloc_got_off_arg
{
14002 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
14005 /* We need a special top-level link routine to convert got reference counts
14006 to real got offsets. */
14009 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *arg
)
14011 struct alloc_got_off_arg
*gofarg
= (struct alloc_got_off_arg
*) arg
;
14012 bfd
*obfd
= gofarg
->info
->output_bfd
;
14013 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
);
14015 if (h
->got
.refcount
> 0)
14017 h
->got
.offset
= gofarg
->gotoff
;
14018 gofarg
->gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (obfd
, gofarg
->info
, h
, NULL
, 0);
14021 h
->got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
14026 /* And an accompanying bit to work out final got entry offsets once
14027 we're done. Should be called from final_link. */
14030 bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (bfd
*abfd
,
14031 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14034 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14036 struct alloc_got_off_arg gofarg
;
14038 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
== info
->output_bfd
);
14040 if (! is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14043 /* The GOT offset is relative to the .got section, but the GOT header is
14044 put into the .got.plt section, if the backend uses it. */
14045 if (bed
->want_got_plt
)
14048 gotoff
= bed
->got_header_size
;
14050 /* Do the local .got entries first. */
14051 for (i
= info
->input_bfds
; i
; i
= i
->link
.next
)
14053 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
14054 size_t j
, locsymcount
;
14055 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
14057 if (bfd_get_flavour (i
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14060 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (i
);
14064 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (i
)->symtab_hdr
;
14065 if (elf_bad_symtab (i
))
14066 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
14068 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
14070 for (j
= 0; j
< locsymcount
; ++j
)
14072 if (local_got
[j
] > 0)
14074 local_got
[j
] = gotoff
;
14075 gotoff
+= bed
->got_elt_size (abfd
, info
, NULL
, i
, j
);
14078 local_got
[j
] = (bfd_vma
) -1;
14082 /* Then the global .got entries. .plt refcounts are handled by
14083 adjust_dynamic_symbol */
14084 gofarg
.gotoff
= gotoff
;
14085 gofarg
.info
= info
;
14086 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14087 elf_gc_allocate_got_offsets
,
14092 /* Many folk need no more in the way of final link than this, once
14093 got entry reference counting is enabled. */
14096 bfd_elf_gc_common_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14098 if (!bfd_elf_gc_common_finalize_got_offsets (abfd
, info
))
14101 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14102 return bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
);
14106 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (bfd_vma offset
, void *cookie
)
14108 struct elf_reloc_cookie
*rcookie
= (struct elf_reloc_cookie
*) cookie
;
14110 if (rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14111 rcookie
->rel
= rcookie
->rels
;
14113 for (; rcookie
->rel
< rcookie
->relend
; rcookie
->rel
++)
14115 unsigned long r_symndx
;
14117 if (! rcookie
->bad_symtab
)
14118 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
> offset
)
14120 if (rcookie
->rel
->r_offset
!= offset
)
14123 r_symndx
= rcookie
->rel
->r_info
>> rcookie
->r_sym_shift
;
14124 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
14127 if (r_symndx
>= rcookie
->locsymcount
14128 || ELF_ST_BIND (rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
].st_info
) != STB_LOCAL
)
14130 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14132 h
= rcookie
->sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- rcookie
->extsymoff
];
14134 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
14135 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
14136 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
14138 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
14139 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
14140 && (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
!= rcookie
->abfd
14141 || h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->kept_section
!= NULL
14142 || discarded_section (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
)))
14147 /* It's not a relocation against a global symbol,
14148 but it could be a relocation against a local
14149 symbol for a discarded section. */
14151 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
14153 /* Need to: get the symbol; get the section. */
14154 isym
= &rcookie
->locsyms
[r_symndx
];
14155 isec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (rcookie
->abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
14157 && (isec
->kept_section
!= NULL
14158 || discarded_section (isec
)))
14166 /* Discard unneeded references to discarded sections.
14167 Returns -1 on error, 1 if any section's size was changed, 0 if
14168 nothing changed. This function assumes that the relocations are in
14169 sorted order, which is true for all known assemblers. */
14172 bfd_elf_discard_info (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14174 struct elf_reloc_cookie cookie
;
14179 if (info
->traditional_format
14180 || !is_elf_hash_table (info
->hash
))
14183 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".stab");
14188 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14191 || i
->reloc_count
== 0
14192 || i
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
)
14196 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14199 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14202 if (_bfd_discard_section_stabs (abfd
, i
,
14203 elf_section_data (i
)->sec_info
,
14204 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14208 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14213 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
!= COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14214 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".eh_frame");
14218 int eh_changed
= 0;
14219 unsigned int eh_alignment
;
14221 for (i
= o
->map_head
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_head
.s
)
14227 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14230 if (!init_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, info
, i
))
14233 _bfd_elf_parse_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
, &cookie
);
14234 if (_bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame (abfd
, info
, i
,
14235 bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p
,
14239 if (i
->size
!= i
->rawsize
)
14243 fini_reloc_cookie_for_section (&cookie
, i
);
14246 eh_alignment
= 1 << o
->alignment_power
;
14247 /* Skip over zero terminator, and prevent empty sections from
14248 adding alignment padding at the end. */
14249 for (i
= o
->map_tail
.s
; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14251 i
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
14252 else if (i
->size
> 4)
14254 /* The last non-empty eh_frame section doesn't need padding. */
14257 /* Any prior sections must pad the last FDE out to the output
14258 section alignment. Otherwise we might have zero padding
14259 between sections, which would be seen as a terminator. */
14260 for (; i
!= NULL
; i
= i
->map_tail
.s
)
14262 /* All but the last zero terminator should have been removed. */
14267 = (i
->size
+ eh_alignment
- 1) & -eh_alignment
;
14268 if (i
->size
!= size
)
14276 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
),
14277 _bfd_elf_adjust_eh_frame_global_symbol
, NULL
);
14280 for (abfd
= info
->input_bfds
; abfd
!= NULL
; abfd
= abfd
->link
.next
)
14282 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14285 if (bfd_get_flavour (abfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
14287 s
= abfd
->sections
;
14288 if (s
== NULL
|| s
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS
)
14291 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14293 if (bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
!= NULL
)
14295 if (!init_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, info
, abfd
))
14298 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_discard_info
) (abfd
, &cookie
, info
))
14301 fini_reloc_cookie (&cookie
, abfd
);
14305 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
== COMPACT_EH_HDR
)
14306 _bfd_elf_end_eh_frame_parsing (info
);
14308 if (info
->eh_frame_hdr_type
14309 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
14310 && _bfd_elf_discard_section_eh_frame_hdr (output_bfd
, info
))
14317 _bfd_elf_section_already_linked (bfd
*abfd
,
14319 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14322 const char *name
, *key
;
14323 struct bfd_section_already_linked
*l
;
14324 struct bfd_section_already_linked_hash_entry
*already_linked_list
;
14326 if (sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
14329 flags
= sec
->flags
;
14331 /* Return if it isn't a linkonce section. A comdat group section
14332 also has SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
14333 if ((flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
) == 0)
14336 /* Don't put group member sections on our list of already linked
14337 sections. They are handled as a group via their group section. */
14338 if (elf_sec_group (sec
) != NULL
)
14341 /* For a SHT_GROUP section, use the group signature as the key. */
14343 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14344 && elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
14345 && elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
)) != NULL
)
14346 key
= elf_group_name (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
14349 /* Otherwise we should have a .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key> section. */
14350 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.")
14351 && (key
= strchr (name
+ sizeof (".gnu.linkonce.") - 1, '.')) != NULL
)
14354 /* Must be a user linkonce section that doesn't follow gcc's
14355 naming convention. In this case we won't be matching
14356 single member groups. */
14360 already_linked_list
= bfd_section_already_linked_table_lookup (key
);
14362 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14364 /* We may have 2 different types of sections on the list: group
14365 sections with a signature of <key> (<key> is some string),
14366 and linkonce sections named .gnu.linkonce.<type>.<key>.
14367 Match like sections. LTO plugin sections are an exception.
14368 They are always named .gnu.linkonce.t.<key> and match either
14369 type of section. */
14370 if (((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14371 && ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0
14372 || strcmp (name
, l
->sec
->name
) == 0))
14373 || (l
->sec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0)
14375 /* The section has already been linked. See if we should
14376 issue a warning. */
14377 if (!_bfd_handle_already_linked (sec
, l
, info
))
14380 if (flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14382 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14383 asection
*s
= first
;
14387 s
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14388 /* Record which group discards it. */
14389 s
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14390 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
14391 /* These lists are circular. */
14401 /* A single member comdat group section may be discarded by a
14402 linkonce section and vice versa. */
14403 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
14405 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
14407 if (first
!= NULL
&& elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
)
14408 /* Check this single member group against linkonce sections. */
14409 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14410 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14411 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (l
->sec
, first
, info
))
14413 first
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14414 first
->kept_section
= l
->sec
;
14415 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14420 /* Check this linkonce section against single member groups. */
14421 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14422 if (l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
)
14424 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (l
->sec
);
14427 && elf_next_in_group (first
) == first
14428 && bfd_elf_match_symbols_in_sections (first
, sec
, info
))
14430 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14431 sec
->kept_section
= first
;
14436 /* Do not complain on unresolved relocations in `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'
14437 referencing its discarded `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' counterpart - g++-3.4
14438 specific as g++-4.x is using COMDAT groups (without the `.gnu.linkonce'
14439 prefix) instead. `.gnu.linkonce.r.*' were the `.rodata' part of its
14440 matching `.gnu.linkonce.t.*'. If `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' is not discarded
14441 but its `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' is discarded means we chose one-only
14442 `.gnu.linkonce.t.F' section from a different bfd not requiring any
14443 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F'. Thus `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' should be discarded.
14444 The reverse order cannot happen as there is never a bfd with only the
14445 `.gnu.linkonce.r.F' section. The order of sections in a bfd does not
14446 matter as here were are looking only for cross-bfd sections. */
14448 if ((flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce.r."))
14449 for (l
= already_linked_list
->entry
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
14450 if ((l
->sec
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0
14451 && CONST_STRNEQ (l
->sec
->name
, ".gnu.linkonce.t."))
14453 if (abfd
!= l
->sec
->owner
)
14454 sec
->output_section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14458 /* This is the first section with this name. Record it. */
14459 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_insert (already_linked_list
, sec
))
14460 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%F%P: already_linked_table: %E\n"));
14461 return sec
->output_section
== bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
14465 _bfd_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
14467 return sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
;
14471 _bfd_elf_common_section_index (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14477 _bfd_elf_common_section (asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14479 return bfd_com_section_ptr
;
14483 _bfd_elf_default_got_elt_size (bfd
*abfd
,
14484 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14485 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14486 bfd
*ibfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
14487 unsigned long symndx ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
14489 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14490 return bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
14493 /* Routines to support the creation of dynamic relocs. */
14495 /* Returns the name of the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. */
14497 static const char *
14498 get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (bfd
* abfd
,
14500 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14503 const char *old_name
= bfd_section_name (sec
);
14504 const char *prefix
= is_rela
? ".rela" : ".rel";
14506 if (old_name
== NULL
)
14509 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (prefix
) + strlen (old_name
) + 1);
14510 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", prefix
, old_name
);
14515 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC.
14516 If necessary compute the name of the dynamic reloc section based
14517 on SEC's name (looked up in ABFD's string table) and the setting
14521 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_section (bfd
* abfd
,
14523 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14525 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14527 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14529 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14533 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, name
);
14535 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14536 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14543 /* Returns the dynamic reloc section associated with SEC. If the
14544 section does not exist it is created and attached to the DYNOBJ
14545 bfd and stored in the SRELOC field of SEC's elf_section_data
14548 ALIGNMENT is the alignment for the newly created section and
14549 IS_RELA defines whether the name should be .rela.<SEC's name>
14550 or .rel.<SEC's name>. The section name is looked up in the
14551 string table associated with ABFD. */
14554 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section (asection
*sec
,
14556 unsigned int alignment
,
14558 bfd_boolean is_rela
)
14560 asection
* reloc_sec
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
;
14562 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14564 const char * name
= get_dynamic_reloc_section_name (abfd
, sec
, is_rela
);
14569 reloc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, name
);
14571 if (reloc_sec
== NULL
)
14573 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_READONLY
14574 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
14575 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
14576 flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
;
14578 reloc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, name
, flags
);
14579 if (reloc_sec
!= NULL
)
14581 /* _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr chooses a section type by
14582 name. Override as it may be wrong, eg. for a user
14583 section named "auto" we'll get ".relauto" which is
14584 seen to be a .rela section. */
14585 elf_section_type (reloc_sec
) = is_rela
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
14586 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (reloc_sec
, alignment
))
14591 elf_section_data (sec
)->sreloc
= reloc_sec
;
14597 /* Copy the ELF symbol type and other attributes for a linker script
14598 assignment from HSRC to HDEST. Generally this should be treated as
14599 if we found a strong non-dynamic definition for HDEST (except that
14600 ld ignores multiple definition errors). */
14602 _bfd_elf_copy_link_hash_symbol_type (bfd
*abfd
,
14603 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hdest
,
14604 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*hsrc
)
14606 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehdest
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hdest
;
14607 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ehsrc
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) hsrc
;
14608 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
14610 ehdest
->type
= ehsrc
->type
;
14611 ehdest
->target_internal
= ehsrc
->target_internal
;
14613 isym
.st_other
= ehsrc
->other
;
14614 elf_merge_st_other (abfd
, ehdest
, &isym
, NULL
, TRUE
, FALSE
);
14617 /* Append a RELA relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14620 elf_append_rela (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14622 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14623 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
);
14624 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14625 bed
->s
->swap_reloca_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14628 /* Append a REL relocation REL to section S in BFD. */
14631 elf_append_rel (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*s
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
14633 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14634 bfd_byte
*loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
14635 BFD_ASSERT (loc
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
<= s
->contents
+ s
->size
);
14636 bed
->s
->swap_reloc_out (abfd
, rel
, loc
);
14639 /* Define __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbol. */
14641 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*
14642 bfd_elf_define_start_stop (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
14643 const char *symbol
, asection
*sec
)
14645 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14647 h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (info
), symbol
,
14648 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14650 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
14651 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
14652 || ((h
->ref_regular
|| h
->def_dynamic
) && !h
->def_regular
)))
14654 bfd_boolean was_dynamic
= h
->ref_dynamic
|| h
->def_dynamic
;
14655 h
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
14656 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= sec
;
14657 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0;
14658 h
->def_regular
= 1;
14659 h
->def_dynamic
= 0;
14661 h
->u2
.start_stop_section
= sec
;
14662 if (symbol
[0] == '.')
14664 /* .startof. and .sizeof. symbols are local. */
14665 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
14666 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (info
->output_bfd
);
14667 (*bed
->elf_backend_hide_symbol
) (info
, h
, TRUE
);
14671 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
14672 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_PROTECTED
;
14674 bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);